11th OCM Chapter 8 Exercise Introduction to Management Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Introduction to Management11th OCM Chapter 8 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 11th Textbook Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 OCM Chapter 8 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct option and rewrite the sentences

Question 1.
Management is ………………….
(a) dynamic
(b) static
(c) selective
Answer:
(a) dynamic

Question 2.
Management uses …………………. method of observation.
(a) unscientific
(b) artificial
(c) scientific
Answer:
(c) scientific

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management

Question 3.
To help top level management in co-ordinating the activities is the function of …………………. level management.
(a) middle
(b) lower
(c) top
Answer:
(a) middle

Question 4.
To look after maintenance of machinery is the function of …………………. level of management.
(a) top
(b) middle
(c) lower
Answer:
(c) lower

Question 5.
Management is …………………. oriented action.
(a) policy
(b) profit
(c) goal
Answer:
(c) goal

1. (B) Match the pairs

Question 1.

Part APart B
(a) Management(1) Need of creativity
(b) Management as a profession(2) Can be seen.
(c) Top level management(3) Administration
(d) Management as an art(4) Intangible
(e) Lower level management(5) Formal education
(6) Policy framing.
(7) Implementation of policies
(8) Selective
(9) Directing subordinates to complete the task
(10) Cause effect relationship

Answer:

Part APart B
(a) Management(4) Intangible
(b) Management as a profession(5) Formal education
(c) Top level management(6) Policy framing.
(d) Management as an art(1) Need of creativity
(e) Lower level management(9) Directing subordinates to complete the task

1. (C) Give one word / phrase / term

Question 1.
The art of getting things done through others.
Answer:
Management

Question 2.
The second level of management.
Answer:
Middle level

Question 3.
Systematic body of knowledge.
Answer:
Management as a Science

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management

Question 4.
The level of management related to Managing Director.
Answer:
Top level management

Question 5.
Level of management that link top level and lower level management.
Answer:
Middle level management

1. (D) State True or False

Question 1.
Management is an ancient activity.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Management is not objective oriented.
Answer:
False

Question 3.
In small organization also management is required.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Middle level management forms policy of an organization.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
Various principles and techniques are used in management.
Answer:
True

1. (E) Find the odd one

Question 1.
Management is an – art, a science, a commerce, a profession.
Answer:
a commerce

Question 2.
Management as an Art – Singer, Actor, Dancer, Doctor.
Answer:
Doctor

Question 3.
Management as Profession – Doctor, Chartered Accountant, Lawyer, Singer.
Answer:
Singer

Question 4.
Level of Management – Lower Level, Middle Level, Top Level, High Level.
Answer:
High level

Question 5.
Top Level Management – Board of Directors, Presidents, Purchase Manager, Chief Executive Officer (CEO).
Answer:
Purchase manager

Question 6.
Middle Level Management – Departmental Head, Finance Manager, Production Manager, Supervisor.
Answer:
Supervisor

Question 7.
Lower Level Management – Supervisor, Foreman, Finance Manager, Office Superintendent.
Answer:
Finance Manager

1. (F) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
The English verb ‘manage’ came from Italian word ……………….
Answer:
Maneggiare

Question 2.
To manage is to forecast, to plan, to organize, to command, to co-ordinate and to ……………….
Answer:
control

Question 3.
Organization is a group of person who work together to achieve a ……………….
Answer:
common goal

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management

Question 4.
Link between the top level and lower level of management is called as ……………….
Answer:
middle level management

Question 5.
Lower level management works under ……………….
Answer:
middle level management

Question 6.
Art is the bringing about a desired result through the application of ……………….
Answer:
skills

Question 7.
Any knowledge which is scientifically developed and consists of universally accepted principles is known as a ……………….
Answer:
science

Question 8.
Science is based on systematic experiments, on certain rules and on ……………….
Answer:
principles

Question 9.
Teacher, Doctor, C.A., Lawyer comes under the term ……………….
Answer:
profession

1. (G) Select the correct option

(Finance Manager, Art, CEO, Profession, Supervisors)

Part APart B
(1) Top level—————-
(2) —————–Lower level
(3) Middle level—————-
(4) ————-Doctor
(5) Singer—————-

Answer:

Part APart B
(1) Top levelCEO
(2) SupervisorsLower level
(3) Middle levelFinance Manager
(4) ProfessionDoctor
(5) SingerArt

1. (H) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What is called as management?
Answer:
Getting work done through others is called as management.

Question 2.
Name, the levels of management?
Answer:
Top level, middle level and lower level are the three levels of management.

Question 3.
What is top level management?
Answer:
The level of management that decides the long term objectives of organization and frame the plans and policies and take decisions is called as top level-management.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management

Question 4.
What do you mean by middle level management?
Answer:
The level of management which is concerned with implementation of plans and policies in the organization with the help of lower level management is known as middle level management.

Question 5.
What is lower level management?
Answer:
The level of management which is considered to do actual execution of plan is called as lower level management.

Question 6.
What do you mean by an art?
Answer:
An art means skill of individual, creativity, regular practice, personal abilities and innovativeness.

Question 7.
What is science?
Answer:
Science is a systematic body of knowledge and scientific methods.

Question 8.
What is the meaning of a profession?
Answer:
Profession means an individual having adequate knowledge and abilities which is helpful to handle different situations. They are trained people having formal education in management school and have a code of conduct.

1. (I) Arrange in proper order.

Question 1.
Middle level management, Top level management, Lower level management.
Answer:
Top level management, Middle level management, Lower level management.

Question 2.
Departmental Head, CEO, Supervisors, Managing Director.
Answer:
CEO, Managing Director, Departmental Head, Supervisors.

Question 3.
Office clerk, Shareholders, Managing Director, Board of Director.
Answer:
Shareholders, Board of Directors, Managing Director, Office clerk.

1. (J) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences

Question 1.
Management is only an art.
Answer:
Management is an art, a science and a profession.

Question 2.
There are five levels of management.
Answer:
There are three levels of management.

Question 3.
Lower level management works under top level management.
Answer:
Middle level management works under top level management.

Question 4.
Middle level management works under lower level management.
Answer:
Middle level management works under top-level management.

Question 5.
Management is pure science.
Answer:
Management is a social science.

Question 6.
The entry in any profession is not restricted.
Answer:
The entry in any profession is restricted.

Question 7.
Professionals need informal education.
Answer:
Professional need formal education.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts

Question 1.
Top level management.
Answer:

  1. The top level management decides the long term objectives of organization, frames plans and policies and take decisions.
  2. It consists of Board of Directors, Managing Director,CEO, President, etc.

Question 2.
Middle level management.
Answer:

  1. The middle level management is a link between top level and lower level management.
  2. It works under top level management.
  3. This level is considered with implementation of plans and policies in the organization with the help of lower level management.
  4. It consists of Head of Departments / Branch managers / Incharge, etc.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management

Question 3.
Lower level management.
Answer:

  1. This is the last level of management.
  2. It is a supervisory level of management.
  3. It consists of superintendents, supervisors, foremen and junior executives.
  4. Lower level management receives instructions from the authorities i.e. middle level management and direct subordinates wherever necessary.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion

1. While working in a company, Pranav used to give order to his subordinates about what is to be done and which work is to be done? In this organization, various employees like Pratap are doing their work assigned by Pravin. In this company, Pravin submits his report of work completion to Pranav after completing the work done by the employees like Pratap.

Question 1.
Identify different levels of management in above mentioned company.
Answer:
There are two levels of management i.e. middle and lower level of management in above mentioned company.

Question 2.
Find the level of Pranav in management of company.
Answer:
Pranav works in the middle level management of company.

Question 3.
Explain the functions and role of Pratap in his company.
Answer:
Pratap is an employee in a company. He works at the lower level. He executes the work assigned by Pravin.

4. Distinguish between the following

Question 1.
Top level Management and Middle level Management.
Answer:

Top Level ManagementMiddle level Management
(1) MeaningTop level management refers to top position in the organization such as Board of Directors, CEO, President, Managing Director, etc.Middle level management refers to middle positions in the organization such as Departmental head, Managers like Finance manager, Production manager, Sales manager, Marketing manager, etc.
(2) Nature of WorkIt is concerned with framing plans and policies of the entire organization.It is concerned with implementation of policies framed by top level management with the help of lower level management.
(3) SkillsIt requires conceptual or decision making skills than technical skills.It requires combination of conceptual and decision making skills than technical skills.
(4) Promotion PolicyPolicy    At this level promotion is given on merit.At this level promotion is based on merit as well as seniority basis.
(5) Time FrameIt considers longer period of time i.e. 5 to 20 years.It considers medium period of time i.e. 1 to 5 years.
(6) ResponsibilityTop level is responsible to shareholders, government and society.Middle level is responsible to top level management.
(7) Flow of OrderOrders and instructions are passed to middle level.Orders and instructions are passed to lower level and report of the work is submitted to top level.

Question 2.
Middle Level Management and Lower Level Management.
Answer:

Middle Level ManagementLower Level Management
(1) MeaningMiddle level management refers to middle positions in the organization. E.g. departmental head, finance manager, etc.Lower level management refers to lower / last positions in the organization. E.g. superintendents, supervisors, etc.
(2) Nature of WorkIt is concerned with implementation of policies framed by top level with the help of lower level.It is considered with actual execution of planning.
(3) SkillsIt requires both conceptual and technical skills.It requires more technical skills than other skills.
(4) Promotion PolicyPromotion is based on merit as well as seniority basis.Promotion is based on seniority basis.
(5) Time FrameIt considers medium term i.e. 1 year to 5 years.It considers very short period of time i.e. upto one year.
(6) ResponsibilityIt is responsible to top level management.It is responsible to both top and middle level management.
(7) Flow of OrderInstructions and orders are passed to Lower level and report of the work is submitted to top levelImplementation is done as per the orders of middle level and reports are submitted to middle level.

Question 3.
Top Level Management and Lower Level Management.
Answer:

Top Level ManagementLower Level Management
(1) MeaningTop level refers to top positions in the organization. e.g. Board of directors, Managing Directors, CEO, President, etc.Lower level management refers to lower positions in the organization. e.g. Junior Executives, Foremen, etc.
(2) Nature of WorkIt is concerned with framing plans and policies of the entire organization.It is concerned with execution of plans and policies.
(3) SkillsIt requires conceptual or decision making skills than technical skills.It requires more technical skills than conceptual skills.
(4) Promotion PolicyPromotion is based on merit basis.Seniority is preferred for promotion.
(5) Time FrameIt considers for longer period of time i.e. 5 to 20 years.Basically it is very short period of time i.e. upto 1 year.
(6) ResponsibilityIt is responsible to Shareholders, Government and Society.It is responsible to middle as well as top level management.
(7) Flow of OrderOrders and instructions are passed to middle level.It implements orders of middle level and also reports to the middle level.

5. Answer in brief

Question 1.
State any four features of Management.
Answer:
Following are the features of management:
(i) Management is Goal Oriented : Management activity is done to achieve pre-decided goals. The success of organization is calculated on the basis of achievement of desired goals. The success depends on proper management of all available resources. Management decides the goals before conducting the activity. The manager takes efforts to achieve these goals. So management is goal oriented.

(ii) Management is a Group Activity : “Management is an art of getting things done through others.” The above definition explains that management is done through / with the people. It is done by co-ordinating all resources effectively and efficiently. The activities are done under the guidance of manager by its team members. Also in organisation decisions are taken by the group of people such as Board of Directors, Shareholders, etc.

(iii) Management is Intangible : Management is the collective efforts of manager. It is a process of planning, organizing, decision making, directing and controlling. These cannot be seen physically. However, the results of best management can be experienced in the form of increased profits, attainments of pre-decided so management is tangible in nature.

(iv) Management is a Continuous Process : Management is essential throughout the life of organisation. It is necessary to start the activity, to run the activity in smooth manner and also to control the activity. It is endless process. It is required for survival of the organization continuously.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management

Question 2.
Write any four functions of Top Level Management.
Answer:
Following are the functions of Top Level Management:

  1. To decide long term objectives of the organisation.
  2. To frame plans and policies to achieve the set objectives.
  3. To observe that policies are properly implemented.
  4. To create various department and positions.

Question 3.
Write any four functions of Middle Level Management.
Answer:
Following are the functions of Middle Level Management:

  1. To link the top level management and lower level management.
  2. To understand plans and policies framed by top level management and prepare plan of action according to the nature of department.
  3. To assign duties and responsibilities to the staff of the concerned department to achieve pre-defined goals.
  4. To appoint lower level staff.

Question 4.
State any four functions of Lower Level Management.
Answer:
Following are the functions of Lower Level Management:

  1. Do work under Middle Level Management.
  2. To assign work to subordinates.
  3. To give instruction to subordinates.
  4. To direct the subordinates wherever necessary.

Question 5.
State any two points of relationship about management as an art.
Answer:
The relationship between art and management are:
(i) Personal Skills : In organization, every manager has to handle different situations, has to solve various problems, has to handle human resource, etc. with his own style. This style varies from manager to manager and so the result. This is because of the different skills and abilities of each person.

(ii) Creativity : Creativity refers to the ability to find something new and innovative. Manager finds out new ways to conduct organizational activities and to achieve desired goals. Manager develops new ideas according to the changes in business situation and in the business environment.

Question 6.
Explain any two points of relationship about management as a science.
Answer:
The following points shows there is a relationship in management as a science:
(i) Systematic Body of Knowledge : Pure science is based on systematic experiments, certain rules and principles. Management principles and functions are also based on the experiments which can be studied through various different management theories, techniques and approaches given by different management thinkers.

(ii) Universal Applicability of Principles : Scientific principles can be applied in all over the world in similar situation. Therefore, the same result can be drawn. Management principles are universal in nature. They can be applied everywhere, anytime and in any condition.

Question 7.
State hny two points of relationship about management as a profession.
Answer:
The relationship between profession and management can be seen with the help of following points:
(i) Expertise : A professional is an expert in his field. He has acquired specific knowledge through formal education. Also he has particular skill in practicing as a professional. Manager also becomes an expert by practicing regularly in the specific field and can acquire certain knowledge and skill.

(ii) Registration : Professionals need to register themselves with their associations. For example, a Chartered Accountant should register himself with Institute of Chartered Accountant of India i.e. ICAI. Without registration certificate he cannot practice. In case of managers, there is no such body to register themselves. However, managers can take the membership of ‘Chambers of Commerce’ which gives them benefits.

6. Justify the following statements

Question 1.
Management is essential in professional and non-professional activities.
Answer:
(i) As management is universal in nature it is applicable everywhere, either it is a professional activity or non-professional activity.

(ii) Every person performs certain activity to achieve pre-decided goals. E.g. earning of profit, winning games, competitions, to increase goodwill, etc.

(iii) Organisations either large, medium or small, profit making or non-profit making, government or non-government organisation, etc. to get success, to attain goals every time management plays a vital role. It’s application ensures smooth functioning of business.

(iv) A professional acquires certain specific formal education. He has specific skill to achieve his goals. He performs management functions like planning, organizing, controlling, etc. Similarly, while performing non- professional activities like plantation of tree, blood donation campaign, a person also requires to perform certain management functions.

(v) Thus, management is essential in performing professional as well as non-professional activities.

Question 2.
Level of management depends upon the size of organization.
Answer:
(i) Making different parts for the smooth functioning of business and to achieve decided goals is called levels of management.

(ii) The size of business is small, medium or large. Every business needs to manage the activities efficiently and’ effectively.

(iii) The levels of management depends on size of organization. If the size of organization is small the classification of levels becomes easy and simple. Whereas in large organization, it becomes difficult and complicated. The levels of management in such organisation may be classified into three parts i.e. Top level, Middle level and Lower level.

(iv) These levels of management are important in organization. These levels have their own functions. As per that they have to perform their duties and responsibilities to attain their set goals and objectives.

(v) Thus, levels of management depends on size of organisation.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management

Question 3.
Management is a group oriented action.
Answer:
(i) In the words of Mary Parker Follet, “management is an art of getting things done through others”. Management focuses on completing the work through human resource.

(ii) It is co-ordinating of all available resources effectively and efficiently. In organisation, the activities are done by the subordinates, employees under the guidance of a manager.

(iii) A manager, though he is competent, able, has capacity, skills to perform the organizational task, it is not possible for a single manager to perform all the activities related to the said task alone.

(iv) To fulfill or accomplish the objectives and goals, he needs the help of other people, as it should be divided among all the employees, as per their skill, qualification, interest, knowledge and experience.

(v) Thus, management is a group oriented activity.

Question 4.
Management is an art.
Answer:
(i) An art is the bringing about a desired result through the application of skills. It is an innovativeness and creativeness of a person. This is a natural and inborn quality of a person. But with the help of proper education and practice one can developed the quality or qualities. E.g. acting, dancing, cycling, magician, singing, drawing, skating, musician, sports etc. comes under art.

(ii) Art does not require any specific educational qualification or it not any compulsion. It is inborn quality or a skill.

(iii) As a manager, in organisation he has to handle various kinds of situations, employees, other resources effectively and efficiently with his own style. So he uses his skills which are either inborn or developed by practice and formal education.

(iv) A manger must be innovative. He should handle the conditions. He should not use same methods all the time. Like an artist, he has to develop his skills by regular practice. He should use different techniques and skills to get perfect result. This is possible due to regular practice.

(v) Every managers has different abilities and skills. They have to use their own abilities and skills to guide the people to achieve their goals.

(vi) Thus, manager need to be creative and skilled like an artist. Hence, management is an art.

Question 5.
Answer:
There is no need of registration for managers.

  1. Every professional is registered with the concerned body or organisation. A professional is formally, educated and also a skilled person.
  2. A manager, now-a-days, possess a diploma or degree in management studies like Indian Institute of Management (IIM), PUMBA (Savitribai Phule Pune University, MBA) etc. A person who wants to be a manager acquires the required knowledge of the profession and trains himself / herself for the managerial job.
  3. As management is a profession, a manager is not practicing independently. He is an employee of the organisation.
  4. Thus, there is no need of registration for managers.

Question 6.
Management is a continuous process.
Answer:

  1. Management is a continuous process. It is an important feature of management.
  2. A manager of an organisation has to perform managerial work to achieve pre-defined goals of the organisation. To achieve these goals, he as a manager applies various functions of management, principles of management and also techniques of management.
  3. From the beginning till the achievement of success, continuous efforts of every individual is required.
    Continuity is an integral part of management. It is necessary through out the life of an organisation.
  4. Therefore, management has become necessary to start the activity and to run the activity at the business smoothly.
  5. Thus, management is a continuous activity. It is not a one time process, but it is never ending process.

Question 7.
Planning is a task of top level management.
Answer:

  1. Planning means thinking before doing. It is thinking in advance. Before the action, there is a thinking process.
  2. In the large organisation, management levels are divided into three parts i.e. top, middle and lower.
  3. At the top level management, very few personnels are involves. They are Board of Directors, Managing Directors, President, Chief Executive Officer, etc.
  4. The main function of top level management is to frame the plans and policies of the whole organisation to achieve its goals.
  5. It decides the long term objectives of the organisation and also frames particular plans and policies to get them. Further, it also sees that the policies are properly implemented.
  6. Framing of organizational objectives and accordingly plans and policies to achieve them becomes a tough task of top level management.
  7. Thus, Planning is a task of top level management.

7. Attempt the following

Question 1.
State the definition of management.
Answer:
Following are some definitions given by management thinkers :

  1. “Management is an art of getting things done through others.” – Mary Parker Follet
  2. “To manage is to forecast, to plan, to organize, to command, to co-ordinate and to control”. – Henry Fayol
  3. “Management is knowing exactly what is to be done and seeing that it is done in the best possible manner.”
  4. “Management is the process consisting of planning, organizing, actuating and controlling, performed to determine and accomplish the objectives by the use of people and resources”. George Terry.

Question 2.
State the features of management.
Answer:
(i) Managements is Dynamic : Management is dynamic and not static in character. It deals with human efforts, different situations and different activities. It adopts changes in the form of technological, socio economical, political, environmental, etc.

(ii) Management is Intangible : Management is intangible in nature. It can’t be seen and touched. It is abstract. The principles, theories, techniques, concept are practically invisible. The result of best management can be experienced in the form of increased profit, smooth functioning of the organization and achievement.

(iii) Management is a Social Process : Management is a process because it sets objectives and takes steps to achieve them. It is said to be a social process because management is concerned with people. For example employees, shareholders, investors, customers, community, etc.

(iv) Management is a Continuous Process : Management is essential through the life of an organization. It is necessary to begin the activity, to run the activity smoothly and to control the activity. This is never ending process.

(v) Management is Different from Ownership : In an organization, management is different from ownership. Owners contribute capital which is taken care of by efficient and paid managers.

(vi) Management is an Inborn Quality : Management in the older days, was considered to be an inborn quality. But with the inception of various business schools, management is a quality which can be developed if a person has the interest and perseverance.

Question 3.
State management is as a science.
Answer:
1. Systematic Body of Knowledge : Management is not a science like physics, chemistry or biology. It is a science which deals with human beings. Management has a theories and concepts. Various principle of management like unity of command, division of labour, unity of direction are all universally accepted principle. Management follows procedures like collecting data, analyzing and drawing inferences from it. This makes management a science.

2. Use of Scientific Methods of Observation : In science the conclusions are drawn only on the basis of scientific methods of observation. Management also uses systematic methods of data collection, verification and analysis of that collected data and interpretation of data, then a manager takes decisions in the organisation.

3. Cause and Effect Relationship : Science is based on cause and effect relationship. After using specific formulae or their combination, we get particular result in science. Management theories are also based on relationships. Fair and regular salary along with good working conditions motivates people to work hard and to give best results. Whereas, old machineries, techniques, untrained employees may not give good / excepted output to the organization.

4. Universal Applicability of Principles : The management principles are universally accepted just like scientific principles are accepted all over the world. For e.g. Newton’s law, Archimedes principle, etc. are all accepted principles, similarly in management also the principle of authority and responsibility, unity of command, direction, etc. are all universally accepted and are used in all organization whether big or small. Management follows these principles in all kind of organizations, at all levels in the same organization. State the relationship between the management and art.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management

Question 4.
Following points clearly states the relation between management and art.
Answer:
1. Creativity: Managers must posses the quality of being creative. Every manager should be able to bring innovations in the business. This quality is developed with experience. The more experienced manager can bring about changes according to the situation.

2. Regular Practice: Practice makes a man perfect. This is the rule applied by a manager. The more the experience, the manager will be able to meet any challenge or difficult situation with ease. He is in a position to make the required changes according to the circumstances.

3. Personal Skill: Every manager being an individual is different. A good manager must posses good skills in dealing with human beings. He should use his skill in knowing the problem, allotment of work to employees, give judgment and understanding to deal with various situations in business.

4. Personal Abilities : Every person has different abilities and skills. Manager uses his own abilities to co-ordinate the activities, to guide the people and to achieve their goals.

Question 5.
State the importance of management
Answer:
1. Utilisation of Resources Optimally : Effective management is all about optimum use of available resources in the organization. Proper distribution of resources and work to right person results in higher output. It also reduces wastage and cost. Maximisation of output by reducing cost is the ultimate objective of every organization.

2. Better Relation : Different groups work at different levels in organization. The employer and the employees have different sets of demands from each other. Effective management ensures that employees fulfill their social responsibilities towards their employers. This helps in establishing good relationship among different groups in an organization.

3. Achievement of Goals : In an organization group of people performs various activities to achieve common goals of the organization. Effective management brings about harmony (cordial relationship) and good co-ordination in efforts of all group. A manager creates a feeling of team spirit among the members of the group.

4. Division of Work : Division of work means the entire work is divided into smaller lots. Each job is given to a particular employee as per his ability and skill to carry out the required activity. Division of work leads to specialization of work and completion of the work in the stipulated period of time.

Question 6.
State the similarities between management and profession.
Answer:
1. Formal Education : Professionals need formal education. Today’s managers are qualified with management diploma or degrees from various institutes like IIMS, PUMBA etc. They also take formal training from management schools which helps them to work professionally.

2. Code of Conduct : Code of conduct means set of rules and regulations to be followed by practicing in their field. Every profession has their own code of conduct to control the activities. It emphasis on ethical practice in that profession. E.g. Chartered Accountants have to work according to ICAI, Lawyers have to follow the code of conduct framed by Bar Council of India, etc. However for managers there is no such association of managers. Generally managers follow the code of conduct based on customs and traditions.

3. Expertise : A professional is an expert in his field. He has acquired specific knowledge through formal education. He has particular skill of practicing as professional. He becomes an expert due to regular practice in specific field.

4. Registration : Professionals need to register themselves with their associations. For example, Lawyers must get registered themselves with India Bar Council, Chartered Accountants with Institute of Chartered Accountant of India, where as for managers there is no need of such registration with any body. They can take membership of ‘Chambers of Commerce’ which give them membership benefits.

5. Restricted Entry : The entry in any profession is restricted. It needs formal education e.g. Lawyers, Architect, Interior designer, Doctors, Chartered Accountant, etc. However, such compulsion is not there for working as a manager.

8. Answer the Following

Question 1.
What is management? State the characteristics or features of management.
Answer:
Management and its features:
(A) Meaning:
The word management is derived from the Latin word ‘manus’ which means ‘hands.
It means management is handling some activity.
Many thinkers said that management means a fine consideration of co-ordinating and controlling the work either from direct individual or from a group.

(B) Definitions:
Some definitions of management given by different management thinkers as follows:

  1. “Management traditionally can be defined as “an art of getting things done through others. ” – Mary Parker Follet
  2. “To manage is to forecast, to plan, to organize, to command, to co-ordinate and to control”. – Henry Fayol
  3. “Management is co-ordination of resources through the process of planning, organizing, directing and controlling in order to attain stated objectives.” – F.W. Taylor

Following are the characteristics features of management:
(i) Managements is Dynamic : Management is dynamic and not static in character. It deals with human efforts, different situations and different activities. It adopts changes in the form of technological, socio economical, political, environmental, etc.

(ii) Management is Intangible : Management is intangible in nature. It can’t be seen and touched. It is abstract. The principles, theories, techniques, concept are practically invisible. The result of best management can be experienced in the form of increased profit, smooth functioning of the organization and achievement.

(iii) Management is a Social Process : Management is a process because it sets objectives and takes steps to achieve them. It is said to be a social process because management is concerned with people. For example employees, shareholders, investors, customers, community, etc.

(iv) Management is a Continuous Process : Management is essential through the life of an organization. It is necessary to begin the activity, to run the activity smoothly and to control the activity. This is never ending process.

(v) Management is Different from Ownership : In an organization, management is different from ownership. Owners contribute capital which is taken care of by efficient and paid managers.

(vi) Management is an Inborn Quality : Management in the older days, was considered to be an inborn quality. But with the inception of various business schools, management is a quality which can be developed if a person has the interest and perseverance.

(vii) Management is Situational: Management helps to take decisions and also to handle specific situation. The decisions are based on the principles, theories and techniques. They are applicable in certain situation only.

(viii) Management is Goal Orientated : Every business organization either small, medium or large, profit making or non-profit making, Governmental or NGOs have their own goals. When the organization achieves its desired goals, it is called success of that organisation. This success depends on proper management of all available resources. A manager takes lots of efforts to achieve these goals. So management is goal oriented.

(ix) Management is Universal : Management principles and theories are equally applicable every where and in every field like business, profession, hospital, education, politics, government administration social activities. These principles are the guidelines to the manager. They are flexible and capable of adaptation to every type of organization.

(x) Management is Group Activity : Management is defined as “getting work done through others” or “with the people in formally organized groups”. The tasks set by the organization is complied by employees, all levels of managers and even with the help of outside parties.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 8 Introduction to Management

Question 2.
Discuss whether management is an art science or profession.
Answer:
Art:
1. Creativity: Managers must posses the quality of being creative. Every manager should be able to bring innovations in the business. This quality is developed with experience. The more experienced manager can bring about changes according to the situation.

2. Regular Practice: Practice makes a man perfect. This is the rule applied by a manager. The more the experience, the manager will be able to meet any challenge or difficult situation with ease. He is in a position to make the required changes according to the circumstances.

3. Personal Skill: Every manager being an individual is different. A good manager must posses good skills in dealing with human beings. He should use his skill in knowing the problem, allotment of work to employees, give judgment and understanding to deal with various situations in business.

4. Personal Abilities : Every person has different abilities and skills. Manager uses his own abilities to co-ordinate the activities, to guide the people and to achieve their goals.

Science:
1. Systematic Body of Knowledge : Management is not a science like physics, chemistry or biology. It is a science which deals with human beings. Management has a theories and concepts. Various principle of management like unity of command, division of labour, unity of direction are all universally accepted principle. Management follows procedures like collecting data, analyzing and drawing inferences from it. This makes management a science.

2. Use of Scientific Methods of Observation : In science the conclusions are drawn only on the basis of scientific methods of observation. Management also uses systematic methods of data collection, verification and analysis of that collected data and interpretation of data, then a manager takes decisions in the organisation.

3. Cause and Effect Relationship : Science is based on cause and effect relationship. After using specific formulae or their combination, we get particular result in science. Management theories are also based on relationships. Fair and regular salary along with good working conditions motivates people to work hard and to give best results. Whereas, old machineries, techniques, untrained employees may not give good / excepted output to the organization.

Profession:
1. Formal Education : Professionals need formal education. Today’s managers are qualified with management diploma or degrees from various institutes like IIMS, PUMBA etc. They also take formal training from management schools which helps them to work professionally.

2. Code of Conduct : Code of conduct means set of rules and regulations to be followed by practicing in their field. Every profession has their own code of conduct to control the activities. It emphasis on ethical practice in that profession. E.g. Chartered Accountants have to work according to ICAI, Lawyers have to follow the code of conduct framed by Bar Council of India, etc. However for managers there is no such association of managers. Generally managers follow the code of conduct based on customs and traditions.

3. Expertise : A professional is an expert in his field. He has acquired specific knowledge through formal education. He has particular skill of practicing as professional. He becomes an expert due to regular practice in specific field.

4. Registration : Professionals need to register themselves with their associations. For example, Lawyers must get registered themselves with India Bar Council, Chartered Accountants with Institute of Chartered Accountant of India, where as for managers there is no need of such registration with any body. They can take membership of ‘Chambers of Commerce’ which give them membership benefits.

OCM Class 11 Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

11th OCM Chapter 7 Exercise Business Environment Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Business Environment 11th OCM Chapter 7 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 11th Textbook Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 OCM Chapter 7 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct option and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
Business environment has tremendous impact on ………………..
(a) business
(b) government
(c) society
Answer:
(a) business

Question 2.
The new Industrial policy was formulated in ………………..
(a) 1947
(b) 1951
(c) 1991
Answer:
(c) 1991

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment

Question 3.
Changes in ruling government is an aspect of ……………….. environment.
(a) political
(b) technological
(c) economic
Answer:
(a) political

Question 4.
Literacy level is an aspect of ……………….. environment.
(a) social
(b) legal
(c) political
Answer:
(a) social

Question 5.
Privatization implies reduction in the role of ……………….. sector.
(a) public
(b) private
(c) foreign
Answer:
(a) public

Question 6.
Globalization is concerned with ……………….. market.
(a) global
(b) local
(c) rural
Answer:
(a) global

Question 7.
……………….. means linking national economy to the world economy.
(a) Globalization
(b) Privatization
(c) Liberalization
Answer:
(a) Globalization

Question 8.
Environment awareness provides ……………….. signal.
(a) warning
(b) alarming
(c) soft
Answer:
(a) warning

1. (B) Match the pairs

Question 1.

Part APart B
(a) Globalization(1) Profit motive
(b) Privatization(2) 2006
(c) Liberalization(3) Borderless economy
(d) New economic policy(4) Service Motive
(e) Social Environment(5) Internal factor
(6) Disinvestment
(7) Social Values
(8) 1991
(9) Abolishing license policy
(10) GATT

Answer:

Part APart B
(a) Globalization(3) Borderless economy
(b) Privatization(6) Disinvestment
(c) Liberalization(9) Abolishing license policy
(d) New economic policy(8) 1991
(e) Social Environment(7) Social Values

Question 2.

Part APart B
(a) Internal environment(1) Knowledge of law
(b) Political environment(2) Taxation policy
(c) Legal environment(3) Technology
(d) Economic environment(4) Traditions
(5) WTO
(6) Controlled by business
(7) High cost
(8) Ideology of political party

Answer:

Part APart B
(a) Internal environment(7) High cost
(b) Political environment(8) Ideology of political party
(c) Legal environment(2) Taxation policy
(d) Economic environment(3) Technology

1. (C) Write a word or a term or a phrase which can substitute each of the following statements

Question 1.
Uncontrollable factors of the business environment.
Answer:
External business environment

Question 2.
The environmental of business that includes customs and traditions, values, social trends.
Answer:
Social environment

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment

Question 3.
The process of transferring ownership of business enterprise, agency or public service from the public service to private sector.
Answer:
Privatization

Question 4.
A boundary less worlds where there would be flow of goods, services, information, capital and people across nation.
Answer:
Globalization.

1. (D) State whether the following statements are True or False

Question 1.
External factors of business environment are controllable factors.
Answer:
False

Question 2.
Business is the product of different environmental factors.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Business and environment are inseparable parts.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
There is no benefit of globalization on Indian economy.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
New economic policy promoted the liberal economic policy.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
There is no benefit of privatization to Indian economy.
Answer:
False

Question 7.
There is no need of consideration of the business environment factors in business.
Answer:
False

1. (E) Complete the sentence

Question 1.
The term of business environment generally refers to …………………
Answer:
External Environment

Question 2.
……………….. helps the business enterprise for overcoming challenge successfully.
Answer:
Business Environment

Question 3.
Geographical and Ecological factors are included in ………………… Environment.
Answer:
Natural

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment

Question 4.
Literacy is the important part of ………………… Environment.
Answer:
Social

Question 5.
Stability and peace in the country includes in ………………… Environment.
Answer:
Political

Question 6.
Indian political system comprises ………………… vital institutions.
Answer:
three

Question 7.
Limited involvement of government in public sector refer to …………………
Answer:
Privatization

Question 8.
Integration of economy and society through cross country is called as …………………
Answer:
Globalization

1. (F) Select the correct option

Question 1.
In how many type environmental factors can be classified?
(Two / Three / Four)
Answer:
Two

Question 2.
Which factors of Business Environment regard as controllable?
(Internal / External)
Answer:
Internal

Question 3.
Who frames the economic policy of the business?
(Government / Business / Citizen)
Answer:
Government

Question 4.
Which economic system in known as free market economy?
(Socialist / Mixed / Capitalist)
Answer:
Capitalist

1. (G) Correct the underline word and rewrite the following sentence

Question 1.
External factors of business environment are controllable.
Answer:
Internal factors of business environment are controllable.

Question 2.
Internal factors of business are beyond control.
Answer:
External factors of business are beyond control.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment

Question 3.
Natural resources are related to political environment.
Answer:
Natural resources are related to natural environment.

Question 4.
Privatization helps for global village.
Answer:
Globalization helps for global village.

1. (H) Answer in one sentences

Question 1.
Which factors are included in internal environment?
Answer:
Value system, vision, mission and objective management structure, Internal power relationship, Human resources, Physical facilities, Marketing resources, etc. are the factors included in internal environment.

Question 2.
What are the powers of legislature?
Answer:
Policy making, law making, budget approving, executing control, etc. are the powers of legislature.

Question 3.
Which factor influence the economic condition of the Nation?
Answer:
Economic condition of the nation is based on the gross domestic product, per capital income, availability of capital, growth of foreign trade and strength of capital market.

Question 4.
Who possess the factors of production in socialist economy?
Answer:
In socialist economy Government possess the factors of production.

Question 5.
In which environment are the methods and techniques of production included?
Answer:
Technological environment consist of the method and technical of production.

Question 6.
When did Indian government launch New Economic Policy?
Answer:
Indian government launched New Economic Policy on 24th July, 1991.

Question 7.
What is useful to reduced political interference in industry?
Answer:
Privatisation is useful to reduce political interference in Industry.

Question 8.
How is the boundary less world possible?
Answer:
Boundary less world is possible through Globalisation.

2. Explain the following terms /concept.

Question 1.
Business environment.
Answer:
Business environment refers to the external environment which includes factor outside the business leading to opportunities or threats of the business.

According to Bayard O. Wheeler
“The total of all things external to firm and industries which affect their organization and operations is called as “Business Environment”.

Question 2.
Liberalization.
Answer:

  1. Liberalization refers to the process of eliminating unnecessary controls and restrictions for smooth functioning of business.
  2. Liberalization helps in achieving a high growth rate, easy availability of goods at competitive rates, high foreign exchange reserve, strong rupee and good industrial relation, etc.

Question 3.
Privatization.
Answer:

  1. Privatization refers to reduce the involvement of state or public sectors by involving of private sector in economic activities.
  2. It implies government Sectors to be sold or given to private individuals to run them.

Question 4.
Globalisation.
Answer:

  1. Globalisation means integration of national economy and societies through cross country flows of information, ideas, technologies, good services, capital, finance and people.
  2. It also means “boundary less world”.

Question 5.
Social environment.
Answer:

  1. Modern business is a social system in itself and forms a part of the larger social system represented by society in general.
  2. The class structure of the society affects the business. Such as occupation of the people, their education, income level, social status, attitude towards living, work and social relationship.

Question 6.
Economic environment.
Answer:
Economic environment comprises of economic condition, economic policies and economic system, basic economic philosophy, infrastructure, national income, money supply, saving stages in economic development and trade cycles.

Question 7.
Political environment.
Answer:

  1. Government and its policies affects business firms.
  2. It includes stability and peace in the country, specific attitudes of elected representative. Ideology of the political parties influences the business organization and attitudes of government officials towards business has an impact on business.
  3. It comprises three vital institutions like Legislature, Government and Judiciary.

Question 8.
Internal environment.
Answer:
Internal environment compromises of policies decided by by shareholders, managers, labour unions and employees which can be controlled which helps to make specific, proper understanding in strengthening the business.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion.

(1) The court passes an order to ban polythene bags as the bags are creating many environmental problems which affects the life of people in general.
(2) Society in general is more concerned about quality of life. The government decided to give subsidy to jute industry to promote this business.

Question 1.
Identify the different dimensions of business environment.
Answer:
The different dimensions of business environment are:

  1. Legal environment
  2. Natural environment
  3. Social environment
  4. Political environment
  5. Economic environment

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment

Question 2.
Comment on it.
Answer:
The different dimensions of business environment are

  1. Legal Environment : Court passes order to ban polythene bags.
  2. Natural Environment : The Court order will solve environmental problems which affects the life of people in general.
  3. Social Environment : Society is concerned about quality of life and better standard of living
  4. Political Environment : Government framed a policy to give subsidy to jute industry.
  5. Economic Environment : Subsidy to Jute industry will promote business of Jute industry and this will help in economic development.

2. Anchor company manufacturing light tubes increased expenditure on Scientific Research and Development and discovered a technology that made it possible to produce an energy efficient light tubes that lasts at least twenty times as long as standard tubes. It resulted in growth and profitability of the company.

Question 1.
Identify the dimension of business environment.
Answer:
Technological Environment:
Scientific research for innovation in product increased its production and it resulted in growth and profitability of the company. Internal environment of company led to growth and profitability.

Question 2.
State importance of business environment.
Answer:
Business environment helps in determining opportunities and threats, identify firms strengths and weaknesses, continuous learning, image building meeting competition and give direction for growth.

3. Make in India is an initiative launched by the government of India. It focuses on job creation and skill development and it is in twenty five sectors of the economy. Under the initiative, brochures on these sectors and web portal were released. The initiative aims at high quality standards and minimizing the impact on environment .It also seeks to attract foreign capital investment in India.

Question 1.
Identify the dimension of business environment.
Answer:
The various dimensions of business environment referred in the above case are:

  1. Political environment
  2. Technological environment
  3. Economic-environment

Question 2.
Comment on it.
Answer:
Make in India is the policy of government as per its ideology. As it focusing on job creation and skill development in 25 sectors of economy, it convey two values through this initiative. High quality standards and concern for environment. It also aims to attract foreign capital investment in India.

4. Distinguish between the following

Question 1.
Social Environment and Economic Environment.
Answer:

Social EnvironmentEconomic Environment
(1) MeaningSocial environment includes customs, traditions, values, buying habits, tastes, etc.Economic environment comprises of economic condition, economic policies and and economic system.
(2) FactorsIt includes factors such as social aspects, social trends, social values and traditions.It includes factors like economic condition, economic policies and economic system.
(3) Supplement toIt is supplemented by cultural environment like cultural factors, values, beliefs, etc.It is supplemented by political environment as it is influenced by political decisions or events taken by Government.
(4) Impact on businessIt helps to analyze the changing social trends, taste of different social groups which helps businessmen to know the opportunities and threats.Changes in economic policies like agricultural policy, monetary policy, etc. lead to changes in economic system and planning which helps businessmen to make changes on timely basis.
(5) PurposeIt helps to know the-needs of customer and satisfy the demand. E.g. Today health and fitness trend has created demand for products like gym, organic foods etc.It helps in forecasting market situations and thereby making suitable business plans E.g. Stock market fluctuations affects management practices in a business Enterprise.
(6) NatureIt is dynamic in nature. Changes in trends, values, growing awareness among different social groups affects the social environment.It is multi dimensional in character. Agriculture, infrastructure, national, per capita income, price level etc. affects the economic environment of in a country.

Question 2.
Political Environment and Legal Environment.
Answer:

Political EnvironmentLegal Environment
(1) MeaningIn a country, the political system, constitutional provision, party system, events taking place time to time determines the political environment.In a country, business can be started, regulated, controlled, expanded within legal framework of a country determines legal environment.
(2) FactorsPolitical stability, peace in the country, specific attitudes of elected representative, etc are the factors which affects political environment.Various laws are implemented from time to time with amendments in order to control and direct the business.
(3) Inter relation between environmentPolitical environment and economic environment are closely connected with each other.Legal environment and regulatory environment goes together hand-in-hand in modern business environment.
(4) Impact on businessIdeology of the political parties influences the business organization.Provides control, direction, expansion to the business organization.
(5) PurposePolitical stability creates strength, confidence to various interest groups and investors in long term projects.Separate laws implemented time to time to safeguard and protect the interest of various groups such as busines’s organization, workers, consumers, etc.
(6) Effect of changes in environmentPolitical instability effects the business organisation adversely. Business policies are amended due to political issues, events etc. prevailing in country.Excessive controls, implementation of laws, rules and regulations may create problem in overall development of business organizations.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment

Question 3.
Liberalization and Privatisation.
Answer:

LiberalisationPrivatisation
(1) MeaningIt refers to the process of eliminating unnecessary controls and restrictions for smooth functioning of business.It refers to reduce the involvement of state or public sectors by involving of private sector in economic activities.
(2) AimIt aims to bring flexibility in business operations by creating environment for growth and expansion.It aims at promoting efficiency, increase productivity, profitability.
(3) NeedTo reduce taxation, controls on foreign exchange, attracting foreign investment, etc. thereby to compete with other companies at international level.To achieve quick and logical business decisions aimed at commercial success of organisation.
(4) Measures adoptedReduction in tariffs, reformation of financial system, abolishing industrial licensing system, etc.Reduction in number of industries reserved for public sector, disinvestment of shares, improvement in performance through MOU.
(5) Benefits to Host CompanyIt results in, high growth rate, easy availability of goods at competitive rates, good industrial relation, etc.It results in profitability, production of superior quality products and services, self motivation, etc.
(6) Benefits to Consumers / TradersOptimum use of resources available at global level, easy availability of goods at competitive rates.Entry of private sector results to competition thereby providing high quality goods and services at lower prices.
(7) Positive EffectRemoving restriction on taxations, abolishing industrial licensing system leads to expansion and growth of new business opportunities.Improved performance, high quality goods and services in market. Timely prompt decision with more efficiency.
(8) Adverse EffectIt leads to social problems like urbanization and industrialisation, closure of domestic firms due to liberalised imported products, etc.Growth of monopoly, inequality of income, lack of social responsibility, etc will hamper the social order of the economy.
(9) Inter RelationshipLiberalisation leads to privatisation and globalization.Privatisation is a part of the process of globalization.

Question 4.
Globalization and Liberalization.
Answer:

GlobalizationLiberalization
(1) MeaningIt refers to integration of national economy and societies through cross country flows of information, ideas technologies, goods, services capital, finance and people.It refers to the process of eliminating unnecessary controls and restrictions for smooth functioning of business.
(2) AimIt aims at promoting world trade and economic growth by integrating technologies, goods, services, people, etc.It aims to bring flexibility in business operations by creating environment for growth and expansion.
(3) NeedTo overcome the problem of declining domestic demand and to ensure free trade.To reduce taxation, controls on foreign exchange, attracting foreign investment, etc. thereby to compete with other companies at international level.
(4) Measures adoptedAllowing Foreign Direct investment, approving foreign technology, amendment of patent laws, etc.Reduction in tariffs, reformation of financial system, abolishing industrial licensing system, etc.
(5) Benefits to Host CompanyIt results is expansion of investment. It promotes foreign trade and brings foreign exchangeIt results in high growth rate, easy availability of goods at competitive rates, good industrial relation, etc.
(6) Benefits to Consumers / TradersConsumers gets variety of goods as option to be purchased foreign technology is adopted by traders thereby increasing growth of production.Optimum utilisation of resources at global level easy availability of goods at competitive rates.
(7) Positive EffectIt results in increase in foreign trade, inflow of foreign trade, inflow of foreign technology and capital, which increases employment opportunities, business growth, etc.It results in removing restriction on taxations, abolishing industrial licensing system leading to expansion and growth of new business opportunities.
(8) Adverse EffectIt leads to exploitation of home market by foreign companies. Capital intensive techniques leads to reduction in job opportunities.It leads to social problems like urbanization and industrialisation. Closure of domestic firms due to liberalised imported products.
(9) Inter RelationshipGlobalisation includes liberalisation and privatisation.Liberalisation leads to privatisation and globalisation.

Question 5.
Privatization and Globalization.
Answer:

PrivatizationGlobalization
(1) MeaningIt refers to reduce the involvement of state or public sectors by involving of private sector in economic activities.It refers to integration of national economy and societies through cross country flows of information, ideas technologies, goods, services capital, finance and people.
(2) AimIt aims at promoting efficiency, increase productivity, profitability.It aims at promoting world trade and economic growth by integrating technologies, goods, services, people, etc.
(3) NeedTo achieve quick and logical business decisions aimed at commercial success of organisation.To overcome the problem of declining domestic demand and to ensure free trade.
(4) Measures adoptedReduction in number of industries reserved for public sector, disinvestment of shares, improvement in performance through MoU.Allowing Foreign Direct investment, approving foreign technology, amendment of patent laws, etc.
(5) Benefits to Host CompanyIt results in profitability, production of superior quality products and services, self motivation etc.It results is expansion of investment. It promotes foreign trade and brings foreign exchange
(6) Benefits to Consumers / TradersEntry of private sector results to competition thereby providing high quality goods and services at lower prices.Consumers gets variety of goods as option to be purchased foreign technology is adopted by traders thereby increasing growth of production.
(7) Positive EffectImproved performance, high quality goods and services in market. Timely prompt decision with more efficiency.It results in increase in foreign trade, inflow of foreign trade, inflow of foreign technology and capital, which increases employment opportunities, business growth, etc.
(8) Adverse EffectGrowth of monopoly, inequality of income, lack of social responsibility, etc will hamper the social order of the economy.It leads to exploitation of home market by foreign companies. Capital intensive techniques leads to reduction in job opportunities.
(9) Inter RelationshipPrivatisation is a part of the process of globalization.Globalisation includes liberalisation and privatisation.

5. Answer in brief.

Question 1.
State any four features of Social environment.
Answer:
The four features of social environment are as follows:

  1. Customs and Traditions : This decides the celebration of various festivals like Diwali, Id, Christmas and its effect on business.
  2. Social Institutions and Groups or Social Aspects: Literacy level, educational system, cultural heritage standard of living of the various groups of people affect the social environment of business.
  3. Social Values : Cultural and social justice, national integration affect the business. Beliefs also help the business to meet the customer needs.
  4. Social Trends : Now a days people have become health conscious and therefore there is a sale of various types of goods like organic food, sugar free products etc.

Question 2.
Describe any two factors of economic environment.
Answer:
Economic environment has direct influence on business.

  1. The Economic System : Economic activities depend upon the nature of economic system which are:
    (a) Capitalist economy : e.g. U.S.A. (b) Socialist economy : e.g. China (c) Mixed economy : e.g. India
  2. Economic Policies : The various economic policies of the government has a direct influence on economic environment. For e.g. import and export policy, educational policy, agricultural policy, industrial policy, foreign investment policy, etc.
  3. Economic Condition : The stage at which the growth stands, employment rate, rate of interest, etc. All those determine development of the country.

Question 3.
State any four features of globalization.
Answer:
Features of globalization are as follows:

  1. Purchase and sale of goods and services from one country to another.
  2. Opportunity to start and do business in any part of the world.
  3. Reduction in gap between domestic and international market.
  4. Possibility of quick and rapid economic development.
  5. Enhances the opportunity to exchange new ideas and technology across the nations.

Question 4.
State any four reasons of the need for privatisation.
Answer:
There is need for privatisation because of the following reasons:

  1. To bring more efficiency in the working of business firms.
  2. To reduce political interference in the working of the firms and companies.
  3. To improve the quality of products
  4. To bring efficiency in management of the organization.
  5. To create discipline in capital market.

6. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
External factors of business environment are beyond control.
Answer:

  1. Factors which influences the business policy of an organization can be divided into internal and external factors.
  2. Business has no control over external forces.
  3. These are those factors which provide opportunities or pose threats to the organization.
  4. Factor such as social customs, values, economic policies, technological development, political ups and down, legislation together constitute political, social, economic, legal and technological diversions of business, hence, they are not in the hands of business organizations.
  5. Internal factors are controllable and business unit can modify their plans, policies, etc.
    (Students can give example of social, political, legal environment to justify further)

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment

Question 2.
Business firm should be aware of the changes in society.
Answer:

  1. The success of every business depends on adopting itself to the environment in which it functions. Modern business is rightly termed as socio-economic activity.
  2. There is reciprocal relationship between business and society.
  3. Business is affected by class structure of the society which depends upon factors such as occupation its own culture, income, etc.
  4. Every society depends its own culture, customs, tradition, values, ethics, etc. social trends are also changing fast. For e.g. large number of people are eating fast food and go to gyms. So many fast food outlets and gyms are coming up in towns and cities.
  5. Social values and traditions such as celebration of Diwali, Eid, Christmas also affect business.

Question 3.
Political stability builds up confidence among business people.
Answer:

  1. Business firms are affected by the government and its policies.
  2. Political force decide the nature of business, device performance and projects for development.
  3. Political environment includes stability and peace in the country. Political stability builds confidence among different interest groups and investors because long term policies and projects will be started by the government and if the government keep on changing every six months or in a year.
  4. This will impact long term decisions of development for the country, because political parties identify forms their decision making, hence if a government gets its full tenure of 5 years, it can complete its projects and plans and win the confidence of the people.

Question 4.
Economic environment has direct influence on business.
Answer:

  1. Economic environment consists of economic condition, economic policies and economic system along with basic economic philosophy, infrastructure, national income, money supply etc.
  2. Economic condition is based on GDP, per capital income, availability of capital, growth of foreign trade and capital market.
  3. Where as economic polices framed by the government from time to time changes with changes in the government.
  4. Every business has to function within the policy framework and responds to changes accordingly.
  5. This relates to Industrial Policy, monetary policy, foreign investment, EXIM policy education policy etc. Also the scope of private business and government regulation depends on the economic system such as capitalist economy, Socialist or mixed economy which impacts business decisions.

Question 5.
Social trends provide business opportunities.
Answer:

  1. Society and business are inter-dependent.
  2. Class structure such as occupation,education,income level social status, attributes etc impact business decisions.
  3. Social trends are any type of activity that is practised in the society as a whole.
  4. Trends can be for short period or long lasting. As technology progresses the changes in social trends do changes.
  5. Companies use their ability to anticipate the social change as part of their business marketing policy, to grab the business opportunities.

Question 6.
An adequate knowledge of rules and regulations is essential for better business performance.
Answer:

  1. Any business in a country can be started, regulated and controlled within the legal framework of a country.
  2. Separate set of laws are framed by all countries to control and direct the business affairs.
  3. Knowledge of law, rules and relegations helps the business managers to take prompt decision in making business policies.
  4. Various laws are implemented for influencing the business, protect and safeguard the business, as well as the consumers.

7. Attempt the following

Question 1.
Importance of business environment.
Answer:
Importance of Business Environment:
(i) Flexible and Dynamic : Changing environmental factors should be appraised from time to time. So as to keep the business flexible and dynamic. The new opportunities and threats created by the environment can be appraised by the corporate planners to make the most of it. Turbulent market conditions, less brand loyalty, more demanding customers and intense global competition are some of the images of todays business environment. In order to cope with these significant changes, organization must understand and examine the environment and develop suitable course of activity.

(ii) Opportunities and Threats : Study of business environment enables a business enterprise to visualise future problems that can arises as also future business prospects in advance. Deriving benefit from honourable business opportunities is possible as also it can face the problems boldly. Awareness of environment help an organisation to take advantage of such opportunities instead of loosing them to competition. It helps organisation to identify various threats on time and serves as an early signal.

(iii) Competition : Understanding the business environment helps to obtain qualitative information which in turn is useful in formulating business plans, policies and strategies for the future course of action.

(iv) Utilization of Resources Optimally : Optimum use of available resources for the business enterprise is possible by studying the business environment. It enables the enterprise to take full advantage of the policies implemented by the government.

(v) Strength and Weakness Identification : With the change of technology and global development it helps to analyze individual strength and weakness of the business understanding the challenges, appropriate decisions are taken on timely basis.

(vi) Knowledge : Study of environment is necessary to discover and exploit new opportunities for business expansion broad strategies and long term planning enable the development of a formidable business wait.

(vii) Image Building: Environment study makes it possible for the business to expand and to make it acceptable and agreeable to different social groups. By fulfilling its social obligations towards different groups of society, business can create goodwill and reputation for itself.

(viii) Adaptability to Socio-Economic Changes : A business organization needs to show its keen intentions towards adapting to the socio-economic changes.

Question 2.
Social Environment.
Answer:
Business is a economic and social activity. It has to produce goods according to the requirement of the customers. Satisfying customer is the basic need of business. Therefore, while manufacturing or producing goods, business has to take into consideration social factors like traditions, customs, education, habits, values, life styles, thinking and earnings of the people of country. Changes in social environment are a must and management has to take into consideration these factors which determines the following aspects.
1. Social Aspect : Literacy level, educational system, tradition and customs, transition of labour, etc. are the important aspect of social environment. It helps to analyze the needs of the people and accordingly the business opportunities are identified.

2. Social Trends : Business practices and procedures must be in tune with the social beliefs. Growing number of working women and changing life style have increased the demand for household appliances in India.

3. Social Values : Cultural and social values, (social justice, national integration, etc.), family organization and caste structure, social institutions and groups, are taken to consideration while making practices and procedures of business.

4. Traditions : Customs and traditions. (Diwali, Id, Christmas, etc.) also has an effect on the business. The businessmen have to be more responsible towards the demand of the people accordingly.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment

Question 3.
Economic environment.
Answer:
1. Economic environment comprises of economic condition economic policies and economic system which are the important factors influencing development and trade cycles, national income, etc.

2. Economic Condition : If refers to present state of economy of a country or region based on gross domestic product, per capita income, availability of capital, etc.

3. Economic Policies: Government frames economic policies time to time influencing the business activities. In order to controls the business in the interest of the politics, e.g. – Industrial policy, monetary policy, foreign investment policy etc.

4. Economic System: It refers to the scope of private business and extent of government regulation on economic activities determines the nature of economic system i.e. – capitalist social or mixed economic.

Question 4.
Political Environment.
Answer:
Political dimensions or environment includes the country’s political system or its ideologies or condition i.e. dictatorship or democracy or communist government or socialistic government. It indicates the general stability and peace in the country and attitude of the elected government representatives towards business.

Political stability builds up confidence among business people to invest in long-term projects for the growth of the economy. In India we have adopted mixed economy and growth rate often remains moderate. Indian political system comprises three vital institutions like Legislature, Government and Judiciary.

  1. Legislature : legislature is very powerful force that decides the nature of business, programmes, project, for the development of the country through policy making, law making, budget approving, etc.
  2. Government : The framework of policies are implemented by government which effects the business organization to under take the responsibilities of the society.
  3. Judiciary : It determines the work of executives to carry out the policies in a systematic manner, in order to settle relationship between citizens and the government.

Question 5.
Impact of new economic policy on business and industry.
Answer:
(A) Introduction : On July, 1991, the Government of India announced its New Industrial Policy. It brought about radical changes in the Economic Policy. The three main pillars of Economic reforms are L – P – G (Liberalisation, Privatisation and Globalisation). The main purpose was to modernise India’s Industrial system, implement new techniques, remove unproductive control, encourage private investment and integrate our economy with the global economy.

(B) Impact of changes in Government Policy on Business and Industry:
1. Budgetary Support: The Central Government’s budgetary support for financing the public sector outlays has declined over the years. In order to survive and grow, PSUs have to be more efficient and self sufficient so as to compete with private sector.

2. Increase in Competition : Competition for Indian firms has increased due to the changes in the rules of industrial licensing and entry of foreign firms, for e.g. Service Industries like Insurance, Banking, Telecommunications, Hotel and Airlines, etc. which were earlier in the public sector are now facing competition from private players such as Bajaj Alliance, Max Life, Star Life, Insurance, low cost airlines like Indigo, etc.

3. New Trade Policy : The new trade policy has helped the Indian Firms to enter into foreign markets and earn the foreign exchange required for importing raw materials, spare parts and components they needed for keeping their production lines going.

4. Demanding Customers : Today’s market is customer oriented as customers are well informed and there is growing awareness among them about the malpractices adopted by traders, consumer rights, consumer education and so on. Moreover, competition in the market gives the customer wider choice in purchasing good quality product and makes customer more demanding.

5. Need for Human Resource Development : New technologies require expert knowledge and skill in various fields. Moreover, newer markets made it compulsory for companies to acquire trained personnel with high degree of competence and commitment. Hence, there is a need for well trained staff and thereby develop human resources.

6. Change in Technological Environment : Increased competition and advancements in the field of technology have forced the business units to develop new ways to survive and grow in the market and keep pace with latest technological developments.

7. Change in the Concept of Marketing : Earlier business organisations were production oriented but due to fast changing business world it has now become market oriented. This changed to societal concept where needs of society are kept in mind by the producers. The latest is relationship marketing whereby it is not only producing goods for consumers but maintaining long term relationship with them so as to sustain them.

8. Answer the following

Question 1.
What is business environment? Explain the important of business environment.
Answer:
(A) Business Environment:
A business is defined as buying and selling activity to generate income. Business consists of several interrelated and interacting elements. Business is an economic and social activity of the society. Society is an integral part of the business and its interest cannot be ignored.

Business environment consists of economic, social, legal, technological and political situation. Business obtains money, material, machinery and manpower and other resources from environment.
According to B. O. Wheeler – Business environment is “the total of all things external to firms and individuals which effect their organisation and operations”.
According to Oxford English Dictionary – “Business Environment refers to those aspects of the surroundings of a business enterprise which influence or effect its operations and determine its effectiveness.”
Basically business environment consists of all internal and external factors that influence the nature and scope of business activity.

(B) Importance of Business Environment:
(i) Flexible and Dynamic : Changing environmental factors should be appraised from time to time. So as to keep the business flexible and dynamic. The new opportunities and threats created by the environment can be appraised by the corporate planners to make the most of it. Turbulent market conditions, less brand loyalty, more demanding customers and intense global competition are some of the images of todays business environment. In order to cope with these significant changes, organization must understand and examine the environment and develop suitable course of activity.

(ii) Opportunities and Threats : Study of business environment enables a business enterprise to visualise future problems that can arises as also future business prospects in advance. Deriving benefit from honourable business opportunities is possible as also it can face the problems boldly. Awareness of environment help an organisation to take advantage of such opportunities instead of loosing them to competition. It helps organisation to identify various threats on time and serves as an early signal.

(iii) Competition : Understanding the business environment helps to obtain qualitative information which in turn is useful in formulating business plans, policies and strategies for the future course of action.

(iv) Utilization of Resources Optimally : Optimum use of available resources for the business enterprise is possible by studying the business environment. It enables the enterprise to take full advantage of the policies implemented by the government.

(v) Strength and Weakness Identification : With the change of technology and global development it helps to analyze individual strength and weakness of the business understanding the challenges, appropriate decisions are taken on timely basis.

(vi) Knowledge : Study of environment is necessary to discover and exploit new opportunities for business expansion broad strategies and long term planning enable the development of a formidable business wait.

(vii) Image Building: Environment study makes it possible for the business to expand and to make it acceptable and agreeable to different social groups. By fulfilling its social obligations towards different groups of society, business can create goodwill and reputation for itself.

(viii) Adaptability to Socio-Economic Changes : A business organization needs to show its keen intentions towards adapting to the socio-economic changes.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 7 Business Environment

Question 2.
Explain the new economic policy in details.
Answer:
The new economic policy was introduced by the Government on 24th July, 1991, on the failure of the earlier Industrial policy prevailing in India.
The new policy was known as LPG i.e. Liberalisation, Privatisation and Globalisation. This was the brain child of the Prime Minister P. V. Narasimha Rao and the finance minister Dr. Manmohan Singh.

(i) Liberalisation:
It means to liberate the industry, trade and commerce from the unnecessary restrictions and regulations that curtailed the freedom of enterprise.
Liberalisation has helped the Indian economy to open up and allowed the entry of foreign business in India. The interaction with the world has happened after the 1991 policy.

Liberalisation policy has brought about the following measures:

  1. Encouraging Direct Foreign Investment.
  2. Wide Choice of products and services enjoyed by the customers.
  3. Reduction in control of Foreign Exchange.
  4. Cost of products, price and quality in tune to the global markets.
  5. Changing the approach towards industrial sickness.
  6. Production of quality products to meet the competitive markets.
  7. Freedom to choose the Scale of business.
  8. Reduction in tax rates, tax holidays, etc.
  9. Encouraging new technology, technological upgradation and foreign collaboration.
  10. I mport of machinery, goods and other services on easy terms.
  11. Abolishing licensing system for most of the industries.
  12. Opening telecommunication sector.

Liberalisation has thus made the country achieve high growth rate, made the rupee stronger and helped good industrial relations.

(ii) Privatisation:
Privatisation is a process of transferring ownership of business, enterprise agency or public service from the public sector (government) to the private sector.
Features of Privatisation are:

  1. To provide variety of business units to consumers.
  2. To ensure less political interference in running the business.
  3. To bring about more accountability.
  4. To reduce labour problem.
  5. To bring about a market oriented approach.
  6. To make competition more intense.
  7. To bring about more efficiency.
  8. To maintain capital market discipline.

The government of the country has followed a disinvestment policy.

Disinvestment means:

  1. When there is a sale of a public undertaking in full or part of private sector without transferring the ownership to private sector.
  2. The management and control is transfered to public undertaking e.g. Maruti Udyog Ltd., SAIL, ONGC, etc.
  3. Improvement in the performance of the industries through Memorandum of Understanding (MoU). Privatisation helps the private sector to be efficient result oriented, productive and active. Capitalist countries like America and Japan have followed privatisation.

(iii) Globalisation:
When the operation and organization of business activities are on a global scale, it is called as Globalisation. It is integration of business activities by considering the entire world is one market.

In short globalisation means a boundary less world, where there would be a free flow of goods, services, information, capital and people across nations. Globalisation has effect on socio-economic and political sphere of life.

Features of Globalisation:

  1. Buying and selling goods from/to any country is possible due to globalisation.
  2. Establishing manufacturing, production and distribution facilities in any part of the world.
  3. Freedom to set up’ and operate business in any part of the world.
  4. Render faster economic development of any country.
  5. Exchange of new ideas and technology across nations.
  6. Narrowing differences between domestic and international market.
  7. Direct Foreign private participation in the industrial development of any country.

Thus it could be seen that globalisation is an evolutionary concept. Through the policy of 1991 the government moved the country to this globalisation pattern.

OCM Class 11 Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

11th OCM Chapter 6 Exercise Institutes Supporting Business Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Institutes Supporting Business 11th OCM Chapter 6 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 11th Textbook Solutions Chapter 6 Institutes Supporting Business Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 OCM Chapter 6 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct option and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
Small Industrial Development Bank of India (SIDBI) was established in …………………
(a) 1989
(b) 1990
(c) 1991
Answer:
(b) 1990

Question 2.
SIDBI was established under the Small Industrial Development Bank of India Act, …………………
(a) 1988
(b) 1992
(c) 1996
Answer:
(a) 1988

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 6 Institutes Supporting Business

Question 3.
………………… is Principal Financial Institution for Promotion, the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprise (MSME) sector in India.
(a) NABARD
(b) KVIC
(c) SIDBI
Answer:
(c) SIDBI

Question 4.
………………… came into existence on July 12, 1982
(a) NABARD
(b) KVIC
(c) SIDBI
Answer:
(a) NABARD

Question 5.
A Committee to Review the Arrangements for Institutional Credit for Agriculture and Rural Development (CRAFICARD) was constituted under the Chairmanship of …………………
(a) Kothari
(b) Shivaraman
(c) Rangrajan
Answer:
(b) Shivaraman

Question 6.
All India Khadi and Village Industries Board was set up in the year …………………
(a) 1953
(b) 1949
(c) 1948
Answer:
(a) 1953

Question 7.
In April ………………… KVIC was established.
(a) 1955
(b) 1953
(c) 1957
Answer:
(c) 1957

1. (B) Match the pairs

Question 1.

Part APart B
(i) SIDBI(a) 1944
(ii) NABARD(b) 1990
(iii) World Bank(c) 1988
(iv) Grameen Bank(d) 1983
(v) KVIC(e) 1982
(f) 1957
(g) 1932
(h) 1956
(i) 1912
(j) 1960

Answer:

Part APart B
(i) SIDBI(b) 1990
(ii) NABARD(e) 1982
(iii) World Bank(a) 1944
(iv) Grameen Bank(d) 1983
(v) KVIC(f) 1957

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term

Question 1.
Life blood of business.
Answer:
Finance

Question 2.
Principal financial institution of promotion of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprise (MSME) sector in India.
Answer:
SIDBI

Question 3.
Advisor and mentor for MSMEs
Answer:
SIDBI

Question 4.
Wholly owned subsidiary of IDBI was set up in July 1999, is providing venture capital.
Answer:
SIDBI Venture Capital Ltd. (SVCL)

Question 5.
Digital initiative by SIDBI launched on March, 17th, 2016
Answer:
SIDBI Startup Mitra,

Question 6.
The apex institution for agricultural finance.
Answer:
NABARD

Question 7.
The Bangladeshi economist, known as the Father of Micro-finance.
Answer:
Dr. Muhammad Yunus

Question 8.
An international organization dedicated to providing finance, advice and research to developing nations.
Answer:
World Bank

1. (D) State True or False

Question 1.
Small Industrial Development Bank was established on 2nd April, 1990.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
SIDBI has its head office at Mumbai.
Answer:
False

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 6 Institutes Supporting Business

Question 3.
SIDBI is not working towards sustainable development of MSME’s in India.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
SIDBI, Startup Mitra scheme is launched on March 17th, 2016.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
NABARD came into existence on July 12, 1982.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
The NABARD has been recognised as the apex institution for financing large scale industries.
Answer:
False

Question 7.
KVIC is actively working for planning, promotion and production of Khadi as well as in setting up of village and rural industries of India.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
Dr. Muhammad Yunus is known as the ‘Father of Rural Banking’.
Answer:
False

Question 9.
Self Help Group is a large group of homogeneous individuals.
Answer:
False

1. (E) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
The lifeblood of a business is …………………
Answer:
Finance

Question 2.
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME’s) are focused domains for …………………
Answer:
SIDBI

Question 3.
SIDBI takes structural initiatives to resolve the financial and non-financial hurdles of …………………
Answer:
MSMEs

Question 4.
SIDBI is established to provide short-term and long-term finance to
Answer:
MSME’s

Question 5.
‘SIDBI Startup Mitra’ launched on …………………
Answer:
March 17th, 2016

Question 6.
To improve accessibility of credit and handholing services to MSME’s, SIDBI has launched the …………………
Answer:
Udyami Mitra

Question 7.
NABARD came into existence on …………………
Answer:
July 12th, 1982

Question 8.
Khadi and Village Industries Commision was set up in …………………
Answer:
1953

Question 9.
A statutory body of Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC) was created with a special Act of …………………
Answer:
Parliament

Question 10.
The Grameen Bank in Bangladesh was set up in …………………
Answer:
October 1983

Question 11.
The father of Micro finance is …………………
Answer:
Dr. Muhammad Yunus

Question 12.
The World Bank came into existence on …………………
Answer:
1944 Bretton Woods Conference

Question 13.
The headquarter of World Bank is in …………………
Answer:
Washington D.C.

Question 14.
Dr. Muhammad Yunus jointly won the Noble Prize in …………………
Answer:
2006.

1. (F) Select the correct option

Question 1.
(1953, 1944, 2nd April 1990, Oct. 1983, 12 July 1982)

Part APart B
(i) SIDBI—————
(ii) ————-NABARD
(iii) KVIC—————
(iv) —————World Bank
(v) Grameen Bank—————

Answer:

Part APart B
(i) SIDBI2nd April 1990
(ii) 12 July, 1982NABARD
(iii) KVIC1953
(iv) 1944World Bank
(v) Grameen BankOct. 1983 Grameen Bank

1. (G) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What is SIDBI?
Answer:
SIDBI is Small Industrial Development Bank of India, which takes initiative to resolve the financial and non-financial hurdles of MSMEs.

Question 2.
What do you mean by NABARD?
Answer:
NABARD is a National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development, which was formed with an objective to provide and regulate credit and other facilities for the development of agriculture, small scale industries, cottage village industries, handicraft and other rural crafts and allied economic activities.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 6 Institutes Supporting Business

Question 3.
What is meant by Grameen Bank?
Answer:
Bank which gives small loans to landless poor women to promote self employment is called Grameen Bank.

Question 4.
What is SHG?
Answer:
SHG is a small group of homogeneous individuals who come together with the objective creating common fund through savings and meet members emergency needs by providing collateral free loan.

Question 5.
What do you mean by World Bank?
Answer:
The World Bank is an international organization dedicated to provide finance, advice and research to developing nations.

Question 6.
WhatisMSME’s
Answer:
MSME’s are Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, which play an important role in promoting entrepreneurship among women and economically weaker section in the country.

Question 7.
What is Udyami Mitra?
Answer:
‘Udyami Mitra’ is the digital portal launched by SIDBI, to improve accessibility of credit and handholding services to MSMEs.

1. (H) Correct the Underlined word and rewrite the following sentences

Question 1.
SIDBI is established to provide only long-term finance to the MSME’s.
Answer:
SIDBI is established to provide short-term and long term finance to the MSME’s.

Question 2.
The NABARD has been recognised as the apex institution for industrial finance.
Answer:
The NABARD has been recognised as the apex institution for Agricultural finance.

Question 3.
Khadi was symbol and the spirit of self reliance in post independence India.
Answer:
Khadi was symbol and the spirit of self reliance in pre independence India.

Question 4.
Self help group are based on the fundamental principle of to earn profit.
Answer:
Self help group are based on the fundamental principle of ‘helping each other’ and “unity is strength”.

Question 5.
World Bank provides high interest loan.
Answer:
World Bank provides low interest loan.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts

Question 1.
Udyami Mitra.
Answer:

  1. This is the portal launched by SIDBI to improve accessibility of credit and handholding services to MSME’s.
  2. Under this portal entrepreneurs can apply for loan without physically visiting any bank branches.
  3. The entrepreneurs can select and apply for preferred banks.
  4. They can select suitable branch, track their application status and avail multiple loan benefits.

Question 2.
KVIC.
Answer:

  1. KVIC was established to take over the work from All India Khadi and Village Industries Board.
  2. KVIC is working for planning, promotion and production of Khadi and setting up of village and rural industries in India.
  3. It gives emphasis on utilizing the locally available raw materials and human skills to generate non-farm employment opportunities in the rural areas.

Question 3.
World Bank.
Answer:

  1. The World Bank is an international organization formed to provide finance, advice and research to developing nations.
  2. It was created at the 1944 Bretton Woods Conference along with the International Monetary Fund (IMF)
  3. The head quarter of World Bank is in Washington D.C.
  4. It provides financial as well as technical assistance to the member countries of the world.
  5. It comprises of two institutions namely – the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and the International Development Association (IDA).

Question 4.
Self Help-Groups
Answer:

  1. Self Help Group (SHG) is a voluntary association.
  2. It is a small homogeneous group of people who come together with the objective of creating common fund through small savings and meet members emergency needs by providing collateral free loan at reasonable rate.
  3. Many SHG are linked to banking institutions for getting micro-credit.
  4. All decisions are taken collectively by SHG members.

Question 5.
Collateral Free Loan
Answer:

  1. Collateral free loan are SHGs small loans provided to the poor individuals for undertaking self-employment projects.
  2. Loans are given on the principle of mutual trust and either minimum or no documentation.
  3. The rate of interest generally charged are higher than the interest charged by banks.
  4. It saves the poor individuals from the clutches of local money lenders.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion

Anand completed his MBA and wants to start a Small Scale Industry. He is good at using technology. He has very good business idea in mind and looking for a lender or investor.

Question 1.
Who is promoter or businessman in this case?
Answer:
A person who gets the idea of starting the business enterprise is called as promoter or businessman. In the above case Anand is promoter or businessman.

Question 2.
What is full form SSI?
Answer:
The full form of SSI is Small Scale Industry.

Question 3.
Suggest digital ways to find lender or investor for this initiative
Answer:
SIDBI has started Digital initiatives / Digital ways to find lender or investor. For this initiative I can suggest the following ways:
(a) SIDBI Startup Mitra:
It brings together all stakeholders, start-up entrepreneurs, incubators, investors, industry bodies, mentors and advisors and banks on one platform. It helps in financing and development of new entrepreneurs.

(b) Udyami Mitra:
This is a portal launched by SIDBI to improve accessibility of credit and handholding services to MSME’s. Under this portal entrepreneurs can apply for loan without physically visiting any bank branches. The entrepreneurs can select and apply for preferred banks, they can select suitable branch, track their application status and avail multiple loan benefits.

4. Answer in brief

Question 1.
State any four features of NABARD.
Answer:
Features of NABARD:
(i) Apex Bank : NABARD acts as an apex bank for meeting the credit needs of all type of financial institutions working in the field of agricultural and rural development. It works to frame policies and guidelines for rural financial institutions in India. It provides credit facilities to institutes working in agricultural finance.

(ii) Refinancing Facilities : It provides refinancing facilities to State Co-operative Banks (SCBs), Land Development Banks (LDBs), Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) and other approved financial institutions for financing rural economic activities. It also provides short-term, medium term and long term credit to these institutes.

(iii) Provides Credit for Rural Development : It takes initiatives in the development and promotion of different activities in rural area by providing funds to State governments. It also provides refinancing for upliftment of weaker section of the society. It also works on improvement of small and minor irrigation by way of promoting agricultural activities.

(iv) Financing Rural Industries : It provides refinancing facility to small scale industries and other village and cottage industries. It provides loans to commercial and co-operative banks to promote rural employment. It organizes skill and entrepreneurship development programs to promote an entrepreneurial culture among the rural youth and encourage them to start enterprises in the rural areas.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 6 Institutes Supporting Business

Question 2.
State four objectives of KVIC.
Answer:
Objectives of KVIC :
(i) Development of Khadi and Other Village Industries : KVIC is actively working for planning, promotion and production of khadi as well as in setting up of village and rural industries in India. It identifies the potential for the development of rural industries and undertakes the valuable task of promoting and developing locally operating village enterprises.

(ii) Special Objective : KVIC has a special objective of providing employment. It gives emphasis on utilizing the locally available raw materials and human skills to generate non-farm employment opportunities in the rural areas. It plays a role of co-ordinator with other agencies engaged in rural development.

(iii) Economic Objective : KVIC is actively working for planning, promotion and production of khadi as well as in setting up of village and rural industries in India. KVIC receives fund from the Ministry of MSMEs for effective implementation of various programs and schemes. It helps in producing saleable articles which helps the economic development of the country.

(iv) Wider Objective : It has a wider objective of creating self-reliance amongst the poor and building up of a strong rural community spirit.

Question 3.
Write any four features of World Bank.
Answer:
Features of World Bank:
(i) Organization and Structure : The organization of bank consists of the Board of Governors, the Board of Executive Directors and the Advisory Committee, the Loan Committee and the President and other staff members. All the powers of the bank are vested in the Board of Governors which is the supreme policy making body of the bank. The board consists of one Governor and an Alternative Governor appointed for five years by each member country. The Board of Executive Directors consists of 21 members, 6 of them are appointed by the six largest shareholders, namely USA, UK, Germany, France, Japan and India. The rest of the 15 members are elected by the remaining countries.

(ii) Goals : The World Bank Group has two goals to be achieved by 2030.

  • To end extreme poverty by decreasing the percentage of people living on less than 1.90 dollars a day to no more than 3%.
  • To promote shared prosperity by fostering the income growth of the bottom 40% for every country.

(iii) Innovative Knowledge Sharing : World Bank offers support to developing countries through policy, advice, research and analysis and technical assistance. Analytical works of World Bank often helps developing countries. It also helps in capacity development of the developing countries. World Bank also sponsors, host or participates in many conferences and forums on issues of development.

(iv) Social Development : Social Development focuses on the need to “put people first” in development process. The World Bank work with governments, communities, civil societies, the private sector and the marginalized for the cause of social development. Social Development promotes economic growth and leads to higher quality of life.

Question 4.
Describe any two features of Self Help Groups.
Answer:
Features of Self Help Groups:
(i) Democratic Set up : SHG is group of the members, for the members and by the members. Every member of the group actively participates in the functioning of SHGs. Members are responsible for their own future by organizing themselves into SHGs. They elect or select leader for proper functioning of the group. Leader is responsible for holding regular meetings and maintaining records and accounts of the group.

(ii) Collateral Free Loan : SHGs provide small loans to the poor individuals for undertaking self-employment projects. Loans are given on the principle of mutual trust and either minimum or no documentation. Generally the rate of interest are higher than the interest charged by banks. It saves the poor individuals from the clutches of local money lenders. The repayment of loans is ensured timely as all members of group are responsible for collecting repayment amount from the members who borrowed the loan.

Question 5.
Describe any two features of SIDBI.
Answer:
Features of SIDBI:
(i) Financial Institute for Promotion of MSMEs : SIDBI is established to provide short term and long term finance to the MSMEs. It is principal financial institution for micro, small and medium sector units. It also co-ordinate the functions of institutions engaged in financing MSME’s. It provides refinance to Banking and Non-Banking Financial Companies to increase supply of credit to MSMEs.

(ii) Advisory Function : SIDBI also works as advisor and mentor of MSMEs. It helps MSMEs in expanding marketing channels for the products both in domestic as well as international markets. It also initiates steps for modernization and technological upgradation of current units.

5. Justify the following statements

Question 1.
SIDBI acts as an institute for promotion of MSMEs
Answer:

  1. There are many efforts taken by SIDBI to emerge as a brand which is customer friendly towards MSME’s.
  2. It facilitates and strengthens credit flow to MSME’s.
  3. It identifies financial and developmental gaps in the MSME’s and take efforts to resolve the same.
  4. SIDBI has dedicated its resources towards evolution of a vibrant ecosystem.
  5. SIDBI has taken steps for technological upgradation and modernization of existing MSME’s
  6. Thus, we can say that SIDBI acts as an institute for promotion of MSME’s.

Question 2.
SIDBI provides different types of financial and non-financial services through its subsidiaries.
Answer:
The following are the subsidiaries of SIDBI that provides financial and non-financial services:
(i) SIDBI Venture Capital Ltd. provides venture capital to emerging sectors, such as life sciences, biotechnology, pharmaceuticals, engineering and information technology.

(ii) Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises is a trust to implement the Credit Guarantee Scheme through which credit facilities are extended without third party guarantee on collateral security by eligible lending banks/financial institutions.

(iii) SME Rating Agency of India Ltd. was set up by SIDBI, Dum & Brandstreet Information Services India Pvt. Ltd. and several public, private and foreign sector banks as an MSME. It is dedicated third-party rating agency and provide comprehensive, transparent and reliable ratings and risk profiling.

(iv) India SME Technology Services Limited is a platform where MSME’s can tap global opportunities for acquiring new emerging technologies and establish business collaborations.

(v) India SME Asset Reconstruction Company Ltd. is an asset reconstruction company. It acquires non-performing assets and try to resolve them through its innovative mechanisms. It specially focus on the non-performing assets of MSME sector.

(vi) Micro Units Development and Refinance Agency is established for ‘funding the unfunded’ micro enterprises in the country.

(vii) Thus, SIDBI provides different types of financial and non-financial services through its subsidiaries.

Question 3.
The NABARD has been recognized as the apex institution for agricultural finance.
Answer:

  1. India is an agricultural country.
  2. Agriculture and its allied activities act as main source of livelihood for most of the rural population of India.
  3. Government of India is aware about the need of boosting institutional credit in rural economy.
  4. The RBI constituted a Committee to review the arrangements for Institutional Credit for Agricultural and Rural Development under the Chairmanship of Shri B. Sivaram, to take review of agricultural credit in India.
  5. The recommendation of the Committee was accepted and National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development came into existence on July, 12 1982 under the special Act of the Parliament, with an objective of providing credit and other facilities for the development of agriculture.
  6. Thus, we can say the NABARD has been recognized as an apex institution for agricultural finance.

Question 4.
KVIC plays an important role in development of entrepreneurship.
Answer:

  1. Entrepreneurship Development is one of the major functions of KVIC.
  2. KVIC helps to provide additional livelihood avenues to the village communities.
  3. KVIC generate self-employment opportunities through establishment of micro enterprises by organizing traditional artisans and unemployed youth. It increases the earning capacity as well as prevents migration.
  4. KVIC actively participates in many international trade exhibitions for popularising its products in international markets.
  5. Thus, we can say that KVIC plays an important role in development of entrepreneurship.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 6 Institutes Supporting Business

Question 5.
Mutual Trust is the soul of SHG.
Answer:

  1. Most of the Indian villagers are facing challenges such as poverty, illiteracy, lack of skills, health care, etc.
  2. There is a need of group efforts to solve these problems.
  3. The basic philosophy of forming SHGs is to overcome individual shortcomings and weaknesses with collective efforts.
  4. Through mutual trust thousands of poor and the marginalized individuals are building their lives, their families and their society.
  5. Thus, we can say mutual trust is the soul of SHG.

Question 6.
SHGs play an important role in empowerment of women.
Answer:

  1. The empowerment of women through SHG’s would lead to benefits not only to the individual women but also for the family and community as a whole.
  2. The SHGs empower women and trains them to take active part in socio-economic progress of the nation.
  3. SHG develops saving habits among the women.
  4. It enhances status of women as they participate, lead, take decisions and get benefited through collective efforts,
  5. Thus, we can say that SHG’s play an important role in empowerment of women.

Question 7.
World Bank plays vital role in social development.
Answer:

  1. The World Bank work with governments, communities, civil societies, private sectors and the marginalized for the cause of social development.
  2. Social development promotes economic growth and leads to higher quality of life.
  3. The World Bank work on social development, brings voices of the poor and vulnerable into development process.
  4. World Bank is also undertaking timely social risk analysis, including poverty and social impact analysis,
  5. Thus, World Bank plays a vital role in social development.

6. Attempt the following

Question 1.
State the different forms of finance provided by SIDBI.
Answer:
SIDBI offers the following finance facilities to its customers:

  1. Direct Finance : SIDBI offers direct financing to the MSMEs through financing Working Capital, Term Loan, Foreign Currency Loan, Equity Support, Energy Saving Schemes etc.
  2. Indirect Finance : SIDBI offers indirect assistance by providing refinance to banks, State Level Financial Institutions, etc. with an extensive branch network across the country.
  3. Micro Finance : SIDBI offers micro-finance to small businessmen and entrepreneurs for establishing their business.

Question 2.
State the role of SIDBI in sustainable development.
Answer:
Role of SIDBI in sustainable development:

  1. SIDBI helps MSMEs in creation of economic wealth while preventing ecological wealth of the country.
  2. It promotes the culture of energy efficient and sustainable finance.
  3. It takes initiative to enhance awareness of benefits of climate control amongst MSMEs.
  4. It focuses on lending schemes, promoting investments in clean production and energy efficient technologies.
  5. It helps to reduce the emission of greenhouse gases to contribute towards reduction in pollution.

Question 3.
Explain the role of NABARD in financing rural industries.
Answer:
Role of NABARD in financing rural industries:

  1. It plays an important role in providing refinance to small scale industries and other village and cottage industries.
  2. It provides loans to commercial and co-operative banks to promote rural employment.
  3. It organizes skill and entrepreneurship development programmes to promote an entrepreneurial culture among the rural youth and encourage them to start enterprises in the rural areas.

Question 4.
Explain the objectives of KVIC.
Answer:
Objectives of KVIC are:

  1. The objectives of KVIC are broadly classified into three, i.e. social objective, economic objectives and wider objective.
  2. Through social objective, KVIC aims at providing employment to the rural unemployed.
  3. Through economic objective, it tries to produce saleable articles which will give promotion to KVIC products.
  4. Through wider objective, it attempts to create self refinance amongst the poor and building a strong rural community spirit.

Question 5.
Explain the role of KVIC in employment generation.
Answer:
Role of KVIC in employment generation:

  1. Due to massive population growth agricultural sector is losing its ability to generate additional employment in rural areas.
  2. It is necessary to create employment opportunities for the fast increasing workforce in rural areas.
  3. Khadi and village industries are labour intensive in nature.
  4. The KVIC is established with the broader objective to promote non-farm employment opportunities in rural areas.
  5. It also concentrates on the betterment of rural artisans and socio-economic weaker section of the society.

Question 6.
Explain in detail democratic setup in SHGs.
Answer:
Democratic set up in SHGs:

  1. SHG is group of the members, for the members and by the members.
  2. It is the group which reflects the people’s real participation in the process of development.
  3. Every member of the group actively participates in the functioning of SHGs.
  4. Members are responsible for their own future by organizing themselves into SHGs.
  5. They elect or select leader for proper functioning of the group.
  6. Leader is responsible for holding regular meetings and maintaining records and accounts of the group.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 6 Institutes Supporting Business

Question 7.
Explain organizational structure of World Bank.
Answer:
Organizational Structure of World Bank:

  1. The organization of the bank consists of the Board of Governors, the Board of Executive Directors and the Advisory Committee, the Loan Committee and the President and other staff members.
  2. Board of Governors is the supreme policy making body of the bank.
  3. The board consists of one Governor and one Alternative Governor appointed for 5 years by each member country.
  4. The Board of Executive Directors consists of 21 member, 6 of them are appointed by the six largest shareholders, namely USA, UK, Germany, France, Japan and India. The rest 15 members are elected by the remaining countries.

7. Answer the following

Question 1.
Write important features of SIDBI.
Answer:
Important features of SIDBI are as follows:
(i) Sustainable Development : SIDBI is working towards sustainable development of MSMEs in India. It helps MSMEs in creation of economic wealth while preventing ecological wealth of the country. It promotes culture of energy efficient and sustainable finance. It helps to reduce the emission of greenhouse gases to contribute towards reduction in pollution.

(ii) Nodal/Implementing Agency : SIDBI has been assigned the role of nodal agency by the Government of India. It helps in implementing various subsidy schemes for MSMEs. These schemes help in upgradation, modernization and expansion of business.

(iii) Financial Institute for Promotion of MSMEs : SIDBI is established to provide short term and long term finance to the MSMEs. It provides refinance to Banking and Non-Banking Financial Companies to increase supply of credit to MSMEs. SIDBI cater to the specific needs of Indian MSMEs that are not fulfilled through traditional sources of finance.

(iv) Advisory Function: SIDBI also works as an advisor and mentor for MSMEs. It helps MSMEs in expanding marketing channels for the products both in the domestic as well as international markets. It also initiates steps for modernization and technological upgradation of current units.

(v) Forms of Finance : SIDBI offers the following facilities to its customers:

  • Direct Finance
  • Indirect Finance
  • Micro Finance

(vi) Digital Initiatives:
(a) SIDBI Startup Mitra:
It brings together all stakeholders, start-up entrepreneurs, incubators, investors, industry bodies, mentors and advisors and banks at one platform. It helps in financing and development of new entrepreneurs. It also works as knowledge partner for State and Central Government.

(b) Udyami Mitra:
This is the portal launched by SIDBI to improve accessibility of credit and handholding services to MSME’s. Under this portal entrepreneurs can apply for loan without physically visiting any bank branches. The entrepreneurs can select and apply for preferred banks, they can select suitable branch, track their application status an avail multiple loan benefits.

(vii) Achievement of National Goals : SIDBI helps in poverty alleviation and employment generation by financing MSMEs. It promotes entrepreneurship and fosters competitiveness in MSME sector. It promotes entrepreneurship among women and economically weaker section of the society.

(viii) Services of MSMEs : SIDBI provides different types of financial and non financial services through its associates and subsidiaries. These associates and subsidiaries are as follows:

  • SIDBI Ventures Capital Ltd.
  • Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises
  • SME Rating Agency of India Ltd.
  • India SME Technology Services Limited
  • India SME Asset Reconstruction Company Ltd.
  • Micro Units Development & Refinance Agency

Question 2.
Write important features of NABARD.
Answer:
Important features of NABARD are as follows:
(i) Financing Rural Industries : It plays an important role in providing refinance for small scale industries and other village and cottage industries. It provides loans to commercial and co-operative banks to promote rural employment. It organizes skill and entrepreneurship development programs to promote an entrepreneurial culture among the rural youth and encourage them to start enterprises in the rural areas.

(ii) Assistance to Financial Institutes : It plays an important role in preparing and developing action plans for Co-operative Banks and Regional Rural Banks. It also monitors implementation of developmental action plans of these banks. It provides financial assistance to co-operative banks for building improved Management Information System, computerization of operations and development of human resources.

(iii) Refinancing Facilities : It provides refinancing facilities to State Co-operative Banks (SCBs), Land Development Banks (LDBs), Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) and other approved financial institutions for financing rural economic activities. It also provides short-term, medium term and long term credit to these institutes.

(iv) Credit for Rural Development: It takes initiative in development and promotion of different activities in rural area by providing funds to State government. It also works on improvement of small and minor irrigation by way of promoting agricultural activities.

(v) Apex Bank : NABARD acts as an apex bank for meeting the credit needs of all type of financial institutions working in the field of agricultural and rural development. It works to frame policies and guidelines for rural financial institutions in India. It provides credit facilities to institutes working in agricultural finance.

(vi) Recommendations to Reserve Bank of India : It provides recommendations to Reserve Bank of India on issue of licenses to Co-operative Banks, opening of new branches by State Co-operative Banks and Regional Rural Banks.

(vii) Development of Nation: It plays an important role in the improvement of storage facilities for agricultural commodities by promoting development of warehousing facilities. It also promotes the export of agricultural commodities. It plays a key role in sustainable development of the country through Green, Blue and White revolution.

(viii) Supervision of Financial Institutes Engaged in Agricultural Finance :It undertakes inspection of Regional Rural Banks and Co-operative Banks as per the guidelines of Banking Regulation Act, 1949. It can also undertake inspection of State Co-operative Agriculture and Rural Development Banks and apex non-credit co-operative societies on a voluntary basis.

Question 3.
Write important features of KVIC.
Answer:
Important features of KVIC are as follows:
(i) Research and Development: To face the challenge of globalisation, KVIC has introduced a number of new products range like khadi denim jeans to cater the need of the market. The KVIC undertake trainings of sales staff for effective marketing of the products. KVIC is taking several steps to set standards of quality to ensure genuineness of the khadi products. KVIC signed Memorandum of Understanding with National Institute of Design to provide design support, services in packaging, marketing, communication, publicity, disseminating materials and other design-related activities.

(ii) Other Functions : The KVIC is charged with the planning, promotion, organization and implementation of programs for the development of Khadi and other village industries in the rural area. It organizes training programme for artisans engaged in Khadi and Village Industries.

(iii) Marketing Promotion : In order to attract younger generation, the KVIC is holding exhibitions, seminars, lectures in universities and colleges to disseminate knowledge of KVIC products. KVIC has also launched a massive marketing development plan to generate interest, awareness and attraction amongst masses.

(iv) Financial Assistance : It finances the projects for rural industrialization and also provides for margin money by way of subsidy. There are provisions for higher rate of subsidies in case of beneficiaries of the weaker section, tribal areas and backward regions. KVIC also provides financial assistance to institutions and individuals for development and operation of Khadi and Village industries.

(v) Rural Development : The Khadi and Village Industries plays an important role in the development of Indian economy, particularly in the development of the rural areas. KVIC facilitates proper utilization of natural resources in rural India for generating income for the rural masses.

(vi) Employment Generation: Due to increasing workforce, it is necessary to create employment opportunities. KVIC are labour intensive in nature. The broader objective of KVIC is to promote non-farm employment opportunities in rural areas.

(vii) Entrepreneurship Development : KVIC helps to provide additional livelihood avenues to the village communities. KVIC generate self-employment opportunities through establishment of micro enterprises by organizing traditional artisans and unemployed youth.

Question 4.
Write important features of SHGs.
Answer:
Important features of SHGs are as follows:
(i) Formation : It is generally formed by NGO’s or team of the government. It is an informal group. It is recognized by the government and does not require any formal registration. SHGs have well-defined rules and by-laws, hold regular meetings and maintain records.

(ii) Membership : As per the National Urban Livelihood Mission at least 5 members are required. It is difficult to manage bigger group and members cannot actively participate. From one family only one person can become a member so that more families can participate. Mixed groups are generally not preferred.

(iii) Entrepreneurship Development : The poor individuals in rural area face scarcity of capital and managerial skills. SHGs provide them capital at low interest rate which give them opportunity to start micro enterprise. These micro enterprises use untapped manpower in the area which generates employment opportunities in rural area.

(iv) Collateral Free L oan: SHGs provide small loans to the poor individuals for undertaking self-employment projects. Loans are given on the principle of mutual trust and either minimum or no documentation is required to get loan. The rate of interest differs from group to group and it is little higher than the interest charged by banks. It ensures timely repayment of loans as all members of the group are responsible for collecting repayment amount from the members who borrowed the loan.

(v) Democratic Setup : SHG is group of members, for the members and by the members. It is the group which reflects the people’s real participation in the process of development. Members elect or select leader for proper functioning of the group. Leader is responsible for holding regular meetings and maintaining records and accounts of the group.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 6 Institutes Supporting Business

(vi) Empowerment of Women : SHG is an emerging tool for socio-economic development of women all over the world. SHGs are working effectively in promoting women entrepreneurship. SHGs empower women by providing her knowledge, finance and opportunities.

(vii) Saving Habits : The SHG encourages small saving habits at regular interval among its members. The Self Help Group inculcates the thrift and savings habit among the members of each group.

(viii) Mutual Trust : Most of the Indian villages are facing challenges such as poverty, illiteracy, lack of skills, health care, etc. The basic philosophy of forming SHGs is to overcome individual shortcomings and weaknesses with collective efforts. Through mutual trust thousands of the poor and marginalized individuals are building their lives, their families and their society.

Question 5.
Write important features of World Bank.
Answer:
Important features of World Bank are as follows:
(i) Organisation and Structure : The organization of the bank consists of the Board of Governors, the Board of Executive Directors and the Advisory Committee, the loan Committee and the President and other staff members. Board of Governors is the supreme policy making body of the bank. The board consists of one Governor and one Alternative Governor appointed for 5 years by each member country. The Board of Executive Directors consists of 21 member, 6 of them are appointed by the six largest shareholders, namely USA, UK, Germany, France, Japan and India. The rest 15 members are elected by the remaining countries.

(ii) Innovation and Entrepreneurship : Innovation and Entrepreneurship helps in higher productivity which leads to increased economic growth. It helps in creation of employment to eradicate poverty. Young and growth oriented companies contribute in employment growth. They help in enhancing competitiveness and productivity by introducing new products, developing novel business models and opening new markets. The World Bank brings global experience, knowledge, research and investments to help client countries develop effective innovation and entrepreneurship ecosystems, such as policies, strategies, regulations and institutions that foster investments and jobs.

(iii) Financial Products and Services : World Bank provides low-interest loans, zero to low interest credits, and grants to developing countries. It supports in areas such as education, health, public administration, infrastructure, financial and private sector development, agriculture and environmental and natural resource management.

(iv) Innovative Knowledge Sharing : World bank sponsors, host or participates in many conferences and forums on issues of development. It also collaborates with partners on many developing issues. It also takes effort to provide access to the best global expertise to the developing countries.

(v) Goals :
The world bank group has set 2 goals to be achieved by 2030.

  • End extreme poverty by decreasing the percentage of people living on less than 1.90 dollars a day to no more than 3%.
  • Promote shared prosperity by fostering the income growth of the bottom 40% of every country.

(vi) Social Development : Social Development focuses on the need to ‘put people first’ in development process. The World Bank’s work on social development, brings voices of the poor and vulnerable into development.

OCM Class 11 Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

11th OCM Chapter 5 Exercise Forms of Business Organisation – II Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Forms of Business Organisation – II 11th OCM Chapter 5 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 11th Textbook Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 OCM Chapter 5 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct option and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
Departmental Organisation is financed through …………………… appropriations made by the legislature.
(a) annual budget
(b) monthly budget
(c) quarterly budget
Answer:
(a) annual budget

Question 2.
A ………………. is an autonomous corporate body created by the special Act of the parliament or State legislature.
(a) Statutory corporation
(b) government company
(c) MNC
Answer:
(a) Statutory corporation

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

Question 3.
A statutory corporation is answerable to ……………… or state assembly whosoever creates it.
(a) Parliament
(b) public
(c) employees
Answer:
(a) Parliament

Question 4.
In government company minimum …………………. % paid up capital is held by government.
(a) 51
(b) 41
(c) 31
Answer:
(a) 51

Question 5.
The shares of government company are purchased in the name of ………………
(a) President of India
(b) Chief Minister
(c) Defence Minister
Answer:
(a) President of India

Question 6.
Government on the advice of ………………… appoints auditor of government company.
(a) Comptroller and Auditor General of India
(b) auditor
(c) chartered accountant
Answer:
(a) Comptroller and Auditor General of India

Question 7.
A government company is a ………………… entity separate from the government.
(a) natural
(b) legal
(c) human
Answer:
(b) legal

Question 8.
……………… company has public accountability.
(a) MNC
(b) Private
(c) Government
Answer:
(c) Government

Question 9.
MNCs are powerful ……………….. entities.
(a) economical
(b) political
(c) social
Answer:
(a) economical

1. (B) Match the pairs

Question 1.

Group AGroup B
(a) BHEL(1) Special Legislature
(b) Statutory Corporation(2) 49% paid up capital by Government
(c) Departmental Organisation(3) Service Motive
(d) Private Sector(4) Railway
(e) Public Sector(5) Profit motive
(6) 51% paid up capital by Government

Answer:

Group AGroup B
(a) BHEL(6) 51% paid up capital by Government
(b) Statutory Corporation(1) Special Legislature
(c) Departmental Organisation(4) Railway
(d) Private Sector(5) Profit motive
(e) Public Sector(3) Service Motive

1. (C) Give one word / phrase / term

Question 1.
Organisations which are owned by individual or group of individuals.
Answer:
Private Sector Organisations

Question 2.
Organisations which are owned by government.
Answer:
Public Sector Organisations

Question 3.
The sector which aims at profit maximization.
Answer:
Private sector

Question 4.
The sector which aims at providing reliable services to customers.
Answer:
Public sector Organisation

Question 5.
Organisations which are owned, financed, managed and controlled by government or combination of governments.
Answer:
Public sector Organisation

Question 6.
The organisation which is owned, managed, controlled and financed by government.
Answer:
Departmental Organisation

Question 7.
The oldest form of business organisation under public sector.
Answer:
Departmental Organisation

Question 8.
The organisation which performs it’s all activities as an integral part for government only.
Answer:
Departmental Organisation

Question 9.
The organisation which is financed through annual budget appropriations made by the legislature.
Answer:
Departmental Organisation

Question 10.
The organisation in which there is direct and absolute control of government over the enterprise.
Answer:
Departmental Organisation

Question 11.
An autonomous corporate body created by the Special Act of the parliament or state legislature with defined powers, functions and duties.
Answer:
Statutory Corporation

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

Question 12.
An organisation which is answerable to parliament or state assembly whosoever creates it.
Answer:
Statutory Corporation

Question 13.
An organisation which is not subject to the budget, accounting and audit controls by the government.
Answer:
Statutory Corporation

1. (D) State True or False

Question 1.
Private sector organisations are owned by individual or group of individuals.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Public sector organisations are owned by government.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Private sector aims at providing reliable services to customers.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
Public sector was undertaken as a part of industrial policy, 1956.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
Departmental organisation is the oldest form of business organisation under public sector.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
Departmental organisation performs its all activities separately from government.
Answer:
False

Question 7.
The Minister-in-charge of ministry is the head of departmental organisation.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
There is always problem of red tapism and bureaucracy in departmental organisation.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
There is large scope for the initiative and skill in departmental organisation.
Answer:
False

Question 10.
In departmental organisation there is flexibility in operations.
Answer:
False

1. (E) Find the odd word out

Question 1.
Indian Post, Indian Railway, Bank of India, Air India.
Answer:
Bank of India

Question 2.
Life Insurance Corporation, Reserve Bank of India, Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited, ONGC.
Answer:
Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited

Question 3.
Pepsi, Coca Cola, Dabur, Proctor & Gamble.
Answer:
Dabur

Question 4.
Tata Motors, Hindustan Aeronautics Limited, Steel Authority of India Limited, Gas Authority of India Limited.
Answer:
Tata Motors

1. (F) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
A Government company is a ………………… entity separate from the government.
Answer:
Legal

Question 2.
………………… is owned, managed, controlled and financed by government.
Answer:
Departmental Organisation

Question 3.
A ………………… has defined powers, functions and duties.
Answer:
Statutory corporation

Question 4.
All government companies are registered under ………………… Act, 2013.
Answer:
Companies

Question 5.
MNCs are powerful ………………… entities.
Answer:
economical

1. (G) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What is Government Company?
Answer:
The Company which is registered under Companies Act, 2013 having minimum 51% of paid up share capital held by central government or any state government or partly by central government and partly by one or more state governments is known as Government company.

Question 2.
What is Departmental Organisation?
Answer:
It is the oldest form of business organisation. Departmental Organisation performs its all activities as an integral part for government only.

Question 3.
What is Statutory Corporation?
Answer:
Statutory Corporation is an autonomous corporate body created by the special act of the parliament or state legislature with defined powers, functions and duties.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

Question 4.
What is Multinational Corporation?
Answer:
A multinational corporation is a business organisation that operates in many different countries at the same time.

Question 5.
What is Public Sector?
Answer:
Public sector organisations are those organisations which are setup by the government with the main object of providing essential services to the general public.

Question 6.
What is Private Sector?
Answer:
Private sector business which are owned by private individuals or group of individuals are termed as private sector organisation.

1. (H) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences

Question 1.
Statutory Corporation is a natural person created by Special Act.
Answer:
Statutory Corporation is an artificial person created by special act.

Question 2.
A Statutory Corporation is not answerable to parliament or state assembly.
Answer:
A statutory corporation is answerable to parliament or state assembly.

Question 3.
MNC have existence only in single country.
Answer:
MNC have existence in many countries.

Question 4.
Departmental Organisation has separate existence from government.
Answer:
Departmental Organisation has no separate existence from government.

Question 5.
Private sector aims at providing essential services to customers.
Answer:
Public sector aims at providing essential services to customers.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts

Question 1.
Public Sector Organisation.
Answer:

  1. It is owned, managed, controlled and financed by government.
  2. It includes – Departmental Organisation, Statutory Corporation and Government Companies.
  3. Its main objective is to provide services to society.
  4. It is managed by government officials or Board of Director.
  5. It is large in size and operates on large scale.

Question 2.
Private Sector Organisation.
Answer:

  1. It is owned, managed, controlled and financed by individuals or group of individuals.
  2. It includes – Sole Trading Concern, Joint Hindu Family Firm, Partnership Firm, Joint Stock Company and Co-operative Society.
  3. Its main objective is to maximise profit.
  4. It is managed by the owner himself or by their elected representatives.
  5. It generally operate in industrial and commercial areas only.

Question 3.
Departmental Organisation.
Answer:

  1. It is owned, managed, controlled and financed by government.
  2. It is managed by government officials of concerned ministry.
  3. They do not have autonomy in decision making.
  4. They do not have separate legal entity distinct from government.
  5. It is funded through annual budget of the government.

Question 4.
Statutory Corporation.
Answer:

  1. It is formed under a Special Act of Parliament or State Legislature.
  2. It is managed by Board of Director who are appointed by the government.
  3. They enjoy autonomy in decision making.
  4. They have separate legal entity distinct from government.
  5. It is funded by the government initially and also in need of additional capital.

Question 5.
Government Company.
Answer:

  1. It is a company where 51% of the paid up capital is held by Central Government or State Government jointly or individually.
  2. It is managed by Board of Directors appointed by Government and Shareholders.
  3. It is formed and registered under Companies Act, 2013.
  4. They can borrow funds by issuing shares to the public or through debentures, deposits, etc.

Question 6.
Multinational Corporation.
Answer:

  1. It is a business organisation that operates in many different countries.
  2. It conducts business activities in more then one country.
  3. It is controlled through centrally located head office.
  4. They are also called as transnational or international corporations.
  5. Example : Bata India, Infosys, Tata Motors, etc.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion

1. There is X company in which capital contribution by different entities are as follows : Madhya Pradesh Government 35%, Maharashtra Government 35% and Government of India 30% of company.

Question 1.
Find out type of this company.
Answer:
‘X’ company is a Government Company.

Question 2.
Tell any two features of this company.
Answer:
Separate legal entity and Registration under the Companies Act, 2013 are the features of “X Government Company.

Question 3.
Give an example of this type of company.
Answer:
Hindustan Machine Tools (HMT), State Trading Corporation (STC), are the examples of the Government Company.

2. There is a company which is having a registered office in Singapore and such company is having branch offices in Varanasi (India) and Hambantota (Sri Lanka). This company provides cellular services to host countries through their respective branch offices.

Question 1.
Find out type of organisation.
Answer:
This type of organisation is called as Multinational Corporation.

Question 2.
Comment on it.
Answer:
Multinational Corporation means the companies which undertake business activities in more than one country. So this company is registered in Singapore and having branches in India and Sri Lanka.

Question 3.
Name the business organisation, which is self-financed, delegates authority and run by government as an integral part of it.
Answer:
It is a Departmental Organisation.

Question 4.
State any two merits of this organisation.
Answer:
No separate legal entity and Government employees are the merits of Departmental Organisation.

3. A central government passes a statute in the parliament and forms a business organisation which is having autonomy in administration and this organisation is answerable to legislature.

Question 1.
Which type of organisation is this?
Answer:
It is a Statutory Corporation.

Question 2.
Give any three Features of this organisation.
Answer:
Corporate body, No political interference, Own staffing system are the features of Statutory Corporation.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

Question 3.
Give any one example of this type of organisation.
Answer:
“Life Insurance Corporation of India” is the example of Statutory Corporation.

4. Distinguish between the following

Question 1.
Private Sector Organisation and Public Sector Organisation.
Answer:

Private Sector OrganisationPublic Sector Organisation
(1) MeaningPrivate enterprises are owned managed, controlled and financed by individuals or groups of individuals. Thus, ownership and management is with private organisations.Public enterprises are owned, managed and controlled by the state on behalf of the people.
(2) ManagementIt is managed by industrialists through board of directors and other specialized executives.It is managed by government officials or board of directors.
(3) Size of EntityThey are usually of small or medium size depending on volume of operation.They are usually large in sized and they operate on large scale.
(4) Capital providerCapital is contributed by owner from their own resources and borrowings from financial institutions.The capital of public sector organisation is contributed by government.
(5) Decision makingDecision making is quick as very few officials are involved in decision making process.Decision making is delayed due to bureaucratic hurdles.
(6) Business areaIt generally operates in industrial and commercial areas only.It operates in utility services areas like – railways, post, etc. and also in industrial and commercial areas.
(7) Main motiveMain motive of private sector organisation is to earn a profit.Main motive of public sector organisation is to provide services to society.
(8) FlexibilityThey are more flexible in nature as their policies can be modified as and when the need arises.There is no flexibility in their operations as any change or modification requires the approval of thp Government.
(9) Political InterferenceIn private enterprises, there is no political interference and therefore executive enjoys complete autonomy and freedom of operations.Public enterprises working is always affected by political interference. There is constant danger of undue interference by political parties and their leaders.
(10) CompetitionPrivate enterprises operate in cut throat competition.Public enterprises are generally monopolies or oligopolies (only two sellers in market.)
(11) Economic EqualitiesPrivate sector increases economic inequalities.Public Enterprises reduce economic inequalities.
(12) Regional BalancePrivate enterprise increase regional imbalance because it wants to enjoy the advantages of location of industries.Public enterprises tries to reduce the regional imbalance as it intends to bring about balanced regional development.
(13) EfficiencyPrivate Enterprises are more efficient due to profit maximisation, division of labour and specialisation.Public enterprises lack initiative, flexibility and efficiency because profit motive is absent.
(14) ConstituentsSole Trading Concern, Joint Hindu Family Firm, Partnership Firm, Joint Stock Companies, Co-operative Society are different forms private sector.Departmental Organisation, Statutory Corporations and Government companies are types of public sector.

Question 2.
Departmental Organisation and Statutory Corporation.
Answer:

Departmental OrganisatioStatutory Corporation
MeaningThe organisation which is owned, managed, controlled, financed and operated by government is known as Departmental Organisation.The company which is formed under a special Act of Parliament or State Legislature is known as Statutory Corporation.
ManagementIt is managed by government officials of the concerned ministry.It is managed by board of directors nominated by government.
Legal StatusThere is no separate legal status distinct from the government.Statutory company has a separate legal status distinct from the government.
Borrowing PowerDepartmental undertaking cannot borrow from public. It has to depend on budget allocated by the government.Statutory Company can borrow from public by issue of shares and debentures.
ControlIt is controlled by the concerned ministry.It is controlled by government by the Act of Parliament or State Legislature.
CapitalCapital of departmental organisation comes from annual budget appropriations of the government.Capital for statutory company comes from Central or State Government.
FormationIt is formed through Executive decision taken by the concerned ministry.It is formed by passing a Special Act in the Parliament or in the State Legislature.
SuitabilityIt is suitable for defence and public utility undertakings such as infrastructure projects, e.g. Railways, Post & Telegraph, Defence, etc.It is suitable for public utilities, development projects, service industry like banking and finance and other industrial and commercial undertakings e.g. UTI, LIC, RBI, ONGC, Air India etc.
StaffEmployees appointed are Government servants. They are subject to the same discipline and enjoy the same privileges as meant for civil servants.Employees can be recruited independently. They are not civil servants. The corporation can have its own rule of recruitment and scale of remuneration.
FlexibilityIt has low flexibility in its operation.It has moderate flexibility in its operation.
AutonomyIt does not have autonomy in decision making.It has autonomy in decision making.

Question 3.
Government Company and Multinational Corporation.
Answer:

Government CompanyMultinational Corporation
MeaningGovernment Company means company where minimum 51% of the paid up capital is held by the Central or State Government jointly or individually.Multinational Corporation is a company which is incorporated in one country and has business units in several countries.
CapitalThe capital is contributed by the Central Government or State Government or even by general public.The capital is contributed by the shareholders or financial institutions in several countries.
Management and ControlGovernment Company is managed by Board of Directors appointed by government and shareholders.Multinational corporation is managed by a parent company. It manages affairs of the subsidiary from the respective home country.
EstablishmentGovernment companies are formed and registered under provisions of Companies Act, 2013.Multinational corporations have to seek permission from the government and host countries.
Borrowing powerGovernment companies can borrow funds by the way of debt or issuing shares to the public.Multinational corporation use resources of different countries.
Area of OperationsGovernment company operates within the local boundaries of a nation.MNC operates in several countries, having headquarters in one country.
MotiveGovernment companies are service oriented and hence take interest in the social welfare activities of the country.MNCs are profit motivated rather than service oriented.
AccountabilityGovernment Company has to take its annual reports in the Parliament where its working is discussed and debated. Though it has autonomy in financial matters, it is indirectly accountable to the publics.MNC is accountable to the taxation authorities in host countries and have to follow procedures such as Income Tax law procedure, FEMA, EXIM Policy etc. and as such will have to obey the laws of the host countries.
CurrencyThey have to deal with single currency.They have to deal with multiple currencies and exchange rates.
Resource availabilityGovernment company uses resources of government and its employees are government employees and are permanent.MNCS use resources of different countries and their employees are on contract basis.
Trust and Public ConfidenceGovernment company enjoy more public confidence as they have government backing and support.MNCS do not have government backing and support in host countries.
ExampleSteel Authority of India Ltd., State Trading Corporation, Indian Oil Corporation, BHEL, HMT, etc.Hindustan Lever Ltd., Colgate Palmolive India Ltd; Coca Cola, IBM Computers, Sony, etc.

Question 4.
Departmental Organisation and Multinational Corporation.
Answer:

Departmental OrganisationMultinational Corporation
MeaningThe organisation which is owned, managed, controlled, financed and operated by government is known as Departmental Organisation.Multinational Corporation is a company which is incorporated in one country and has business units in several countries.
ManagementDepartmental Organisation is managed by government officials of the concerned ministry.Multinational Corporation is managed by parent company. It manages affairs of the subsidiary from the respective home country.
Legal statusThere is no separate legal status distinct from the government.It has separate legal status.
Borrowing powerDepartmental undertaking cannot borrow from public. It has to depend on budget allocated by the government.Multinational corporation use resources of different countries.
ControlDepartmental Organisations are controlled by the concerned ministry.Multinational corporations are controlled by respective parent companies and mostly home strategic.
CapitalCapital of the Departmental Organisation comes from annual budget appropriations of the government.The capital is contributed by the shareholders or financial institutions in several countries.
OwnershipDepartmental undertaking is fully owned by the Government.Ownership of MNC is in hands of shareholder’s of the company.
Privileges & ConcessionsIt receives highest government concessions and privileges.MNC do not have any concessions. They have to pay duties and taxes.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

Question 5.
Government Company and Statutory Corporation.
Answer:

Government CompanyStatutory Corporation
MeaningGovernment Company means company where minimum 51% of the paid up capital is held by the Central or State Government jointly or individually.The company which is formed under a special Act of Parliament or State Legislature is known as Statutory Corporation.
CapitalThe capital is contributed by the Central Government or State Government or even by general public and financial institutions.Capital for the statutory corporation comes from Central or State government.
ManagemenGovernment Company is managed by Board of Directors appointed by government and shareholders.Statutory Corporation is managed by Board of Directors nominated by government.
ControlThese companies are controlled by government or shareholders.Statutory corporation is controlled by government by the Act of Parliament or State Legislature.
EstablishmentGovernment companies are formed and registered under provisions of Companies Act, 2013.The statutory corporation is established by special Act of the Parliament or State Legislature.
Borrowing powerGovernment companies can borrow funds by the way of debt or issuing shares to the public.tatutory corporation can borrow from public by issue of bonds.
Privileges & ConcessionsIt has no privileges and concessions by government.It enjoys moderate privileges and concessions.
SuitabilityIt is suitable for industrial and commercial undertakings, e.g. BHEL, SAIL, HMT, Indian Oil Corporation, Indian Refineries, Madras Refineries, Gujarat Refineries, etc.It is suitable for public utilities, development projects, service industry like banking and finance and other industrial and commercial undertakings e.g. UTI, LIC, RBI, ONGC, Air India etc.
Political InterferenceIt has less political interference in management of company as it has its own Board of Director.It has more political interference as it is controlled by State and Central Government.
FlexibilityGovernment companies are more flexible in operations of business. They can change line of business as per market trend.Statutory company are rigid in operations they are formed for the particular purpose.
AccountabilityIt is accountable to public.It is accountable to State and Central Government.
AutonomyIt has full autonomy as its incorporated under Companies Act, 2013.It has theoretical autonomy as its established with certain purpose by Central or State Government.

Question 6.
Departmental Organisation and Government Company.
Answer:

Departmental OrganisationGovernment Company
MeaningThe organisation which is owned, managed, controlled, financed and operated by Government is known as Departmental Organisation.Government Company means company where minimum 51% of the paid up capital is held by the Central or State Government jointly or individually.
ManagementDepartmental Organisation is managed by government officials of the concerned ministry.Government Company is managed by Board of Directors appointed by government and shareholders.
Legal StatusThere is no separate legal status distinct from the government.A Government company has legal status separate from the Government.
Borrowing powerDepartmental undertaking cannot borrow from public. It has to depend on budget allocated by the government.Government companies can borrow funds by the way of debt or issuing shares to the public.
ControlDepartmental Organisations is controlled by the concerned ministry.These companies are controlled by government or shareholders.
CapitalCapital of the departmental Organisation comes from annual budget appropriations of the government.The capital is contributed by the Central Government or State Government or even by general public and financial institution.
FormationIt is formed through Executive decision taken by the concerned ministry.It is formed through registration under Companies Act, 2013.
Privileges & ConcessionsIt receives highest government concessions and privileges.It has no privileges and concessions by government.
SuitabilityIt is suitable for defence and public utility undertakings such as infrastructure projects, e.g. Railways, Post & Telegraph, Defence, etc.It is suitable for industrial and commercial undertakings, e.g. BHEL, SAIL, HMT, Indian Oil Corporation, Indian Refineries, Madras Refineries, Gujarat Refineries, etc.
StaffEmployees appointed are Government servants. They are subject to the same discipline and enjoy the same privileges as meant for civil servants.Employees can be recruited independently and it does not have to necessarily follow civil service rules.
Political InterferenceIt has high political interference with regards to the management.As compared to departmental organisation it has less political interference.
FlexibilityIt is rigid in operations as its managed through officers of the government.It is more flexible in operations as managed by Board of Directors.
MotiveIt is majorly concern with providing service to the people.It is concern with giving with profit making and service to the people.
AccountabilityHighly accountability to the respective the Minister in charge as they render their service.Low accountability to the people as they render their service.
AutonomyThere is no autonomy as its owned, managed controlled, financed by government.It has full autonomy as per provisions to Companies Act, 2013.

Question 7.
Statutory Corporation and Multinational Corporation.
Answer:

Statutory CorporationMultinational Corporation
MeaningThe company which is formed under a Special Act of Parliament or State Legislature is known as Statutory Corporation.Multinational corporation is a company which is incorporated in one country and has business units in several countries.
CapitalCapital for the statutory corporation comes from Central or State government.The capital is contributed by the shareholders or financial institutions in several countries.
ManagementStatutory Corporation is managed by Board of Directors nominated by government.Multinational Corporation is managed by parent company and it manages affairs of the subsidiary from the respective home country.
ControlStatutory Corporations are controlled by government by the Act of Parliament or State Legislature.Multinational Corporations are controlled by respective parent companies.
EstablishmentThe Statutory Corporation is established by Special Act of the parliament or State Legislature.Multinational Corporations have to seek permission from the Government and host countries.
Borrowing powerStatutory company can borrow from public by issue of shares and debentures.Multinational Corporation use resources of different countries.
Area of OperationsStatutory corporation operates within the local boundaries of a nation. Hence, the area of operations is not large.MNC operates in several countries, having headquarters in one country. Hence, the area of operations is large.
MotiveStatutory Corporation are service oriented and hence take interest in the social welfare activities of the country.MNCs are profit motivated rather than service oriented. They render service in those areas where the opportunities for profit maximisation are more.
AccountabilityStatutory corporation has to take its annual reports in the Parliament where its working is discussed and debated.MNC is accountable to the taxation authorities in host countries and have to follow procedures such as Income Tax law procedure, FEMA, EXIM Policy etc. and as such will have to obey the laws of the host countries.
CurrencyThey have to deal with single currency.They have to deal with multiple currencies and exchange rates.
Resource availabilityEmployees can be recruited independently. They are not civil servants. The corporation can have its own rule of recruitment and scale of remuneration.MNC’s use resources of different countries and their employees are on contract basis.
Trust and Public ConfidenceStatutory corporation enjoy more public confidence as they have government backing and support.MNC’s do not have government backing and support in host countries.
ExampleUTI, LIC, RBI, ONGC, Air India, etc.Hindustan Lever Ltd., Colgate Palmolive India Ltd; Coca Cola, IBM Computers, Sony, etc.

5. Answer in brief

Question 1.
State any four features of Departmental Organisation.
Answer:
Features of Departmental Organizations:
(i) Delegation of Authority : All major policy decisions are taken by the ministry. The day-to-day working is looked after by the staff consisting of civil servants of IAS, IPS cadres.

(ii) Organizational Structure : The internal organizational structure is of line type. The department is headed by minister who is responsible for the working of the department. Then there is Board of Directors or Managing Committee who are assisted by Chief Executive, Executive Assistant, Supervisory and General Staff. This is termed as bureaucracy style or military style of organisation.

(iii) Government Employees : The employees of departmental organization are civil servants and they are selected through Union Public Service Commission. Staff selection Board, Railway Recruitment Board etc. and as such they are treated as Government employees.

(iv) Financed by the Government: The funds are arranged for their operation from Government treasury. This enterprise cannot borrow money from the public without Government consent.

Question 2.
State any four features of Statutory Corporation.
Answer:
Features of Statutory Corporation:
(i) No political Interference : It enjoys freedom from political, parliamentary and government interference in day-to-day management.

(ii) Own Staffing System: They recruit their own employees and they are not government servant. Employees terms and services are not governed by civil services rules.

(iii) No Political Interference : It enjoys freedom from political, parliamentary and government interference in day to day management of its affairs.

(iv) Financial Autonomy : Statutory Corporations are financially autonomous. After getting the prior permission from the Government, it can even borrow money within and outside the country.

(v) Independent Identity : They have an independent identity different from the government. Though, the overall business policies are formulated by the government, they have administrative autonomy and hence operational flexibility.

Question 3.
State any two demerits of Multinational Corporation.
Answer:
Demerits of Multinational Corporation:
(i) Danger for Domestic Industries : Multinational Corporations have vast economic power so they are danger to domestic industries which are still in process of development. Domestic industries not so powerful to face the challenges of Multinational Corporation.

(ii) C reate Problem for Environment: Profit is sole objective of multinational corporation. Such companies damage environment of developing countries. To lower the price of goods they dump lower standard quality product which harms local soil, water and air.

(iii) O utsourcing of Job: Normally MNCs outsource the job work due to lower cost, due to this their liabilities towards employees are reduced.

(iv) Misuse of Mighty Status : Multinational Corporations have powerful financial strength because of huge capital. They can afford to bear losses for a long while in the hope of earning huge profits. They have ended local competition and achieved monopoly. This may be unfair.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

Question 4.
State any four merits of Government Company.
Answer:
Merits of Government Company:
(i) Profitability and Accountability : It works on business principles and follows commercial approach. Though not profit oriented like private sector, it does make reasonable profit which is used for public welfare, modernisation, renovation and development. Moreover, its performance can be evaluated by the Parliament as it has public accountability.

(ii) Internal Autonomy: Government Company enjoys financial and administrative autonomy. Its dependence on Government authority is minimum. It has its own capital structure, financial plan, borrowing powers and so on.

(iii) Government Ownership ; The ownership of the government company rests with Central or State Government who owns major capital of the company and as such looks after its management and control. Government always promotes public welfare.

(iv) Foreign Capital and Technical Know how : As the government provides 51% of the capital, the rest 49% can be raised through foreign investment. By seeking foreign capital, Government companies bring advanced technology and technical know how.

6. Justify the following statements

Question 1.
Departmental Organisations are run for providing public services.
Answer:

  1. Departmental Organisations are the oldest forms of public enterprises.
  2. Indian railways, post office, defence, All India Radio are the Departmental Organisations.
  3. Indian Railways give services to public.
  4. Main objective of Departmental Organisations is to provide services to public.
  5. Private sector aims at profit maximization while public sector aims to providing reliable services to customers.
  6. Thus, Departmental Organisations are run for providing public services.

Question 2.
There is direct control of Government on departmental organisation.
Answer:

  1. Departmental organisations are run by the Government.
  2. Departmental organisations are financed through annual budget of Government.
  3. Revenues of departmental organisation is directly paid to Government treasury.
  4. Departmental organisation has no separate existence from Government.
  5. The staff of enterprises is treated equally with other civil servants.
  6. Thus, there is direct control of Government on departmental organisation.

Question 3.
There is no political interference in statutory corporation.
Answer:

  1. A Statutory corporation is an autonomous corporate body.
  2. Statutory corporation is an artificial person created by law and it has an independent legal entity.
  3. Employees are not government servants.
  4. A statutory corporation enjoys financial autonomy or independence.
  5. A statutory corporation comes into existence by following particular act, therefore, there is no political interference in formation.
  6. Thus, all statutory corporations are free from political interference.

Question 4.
There is professional management in statutory corporation.
Answer:

  1. A statutory corporation is able to manage its affairs with independence and flexibility.
  2. Management of statutory corporation is done without any government interference.
  3. The statutory corporation is relatively free from red tapism.
  4. There is less file work and less formality to be completed before taking decisions.
  5. Board of directors of statutory corporation consists of business experts and the representatives of various groups such as labour, consumers, etc. who are nominated by the government.
  6. Thus, there is professional management in statutory corporation.

Question 5.
MNC helps to end local monopolies.
Answer:
Multinational corporation helps to end local monopolies.

  1. Multinational corporations lead to competition in the host countries.
  2. Local monopolies of host countries either start improving their products or reduces their prices.
  3. Multinational corporation put an end to exploitative practices of local monopolists.
  4. As a matter of fact, MNCs compel domestic companies to improve their efficiency and quality.
  5. Thus, MNC helps to end local monopolies.

Question 6.
MNC has worldwide existence.
Answer:

  1. As multinational corporation is operating on a global basis.
  2. Multinational corporation have marketing operations in several countries operating through a network and branches.
  3. They have production facilities in several countries.
  4. Advanced Technology and international business operations are done by MNC.
  5. It brings in much needed foreign capital for the rapid development.
  6. Multinational corporation integrate economies of various nations with the world economy.
  7. Thus, MNC has worldwide existence.

Question 7.
MNC has mighty economic powers.
Answer:

  1. As MNC is operating on a global basis, they have huge physical and financial assets.
  2. In terms of assets and turnover, many MNCs are bigger than national economies of several countries.
  3. Multinational corporations are powerful economic entities.
  4. Multinational corporation keep on adding to their economic power through constant mergers and acquisitions of companies in host countries.
  5. Thus, MNC has mighty economic powers.

7. Attempt the following

Question 1.
Merits of Departmental Organisation.
Answer:
Merits of Departmental Organization:
1. Qualified Staff : Departmental organizations are properly managed and supervised by the qualified government staff.

2. Proper Use of Funds : The Departmental organizations provide public utilities or basic necessities. Government Department works under the control and supervision of the concern ministry. Charges for misuse of funds are less in departmental organization.

3. Social Welfare : Government undertakes socio-economic activities to promote social welfare. Providing essential comlhodities to people at reasonable price is top priority of the state. Thus, socio-economic objectives are achieved with Government control.

4. Public Accountability : The concerned minister incharge of the government organisation is answerable to the Parliament or Assembly. The elected representatives of people can raise the question about the working of this enterprises on behalf of public at large.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

Question 2.
Demerits of Departmental Organisation.
Answer:
Demerits of Departmental Organisation:
(i) Delay in Action : In Departmental organisation there is always centralization of authorities. Such excessive centralization of authority leads to delay in action.

(ii) Inefficiency and Corruption : There is lot of inefficiency and corruption in departmental organisation.

(iii) Less Scope for Initiative : The working of this organization suffers from lack of continuity and stability because the policies of the department are decided by the ministers.

(iv) Instability : The working of this organisation suffers from lack of continuity and stability, because the policies of the department are decided by the Ministers.

(v) Delayed : The executives at the lower level have to depend on higher authority for all the decisions. They can’t take, their own decisions.

Question 3.
Merits of Statutory Corporation.
Answer:
Merits of Statutory Corporation:
(i) Professional Management: Statutory Corporations are managed professionally. The directors and other executives are highly trained and specialize in their respective fields. This leads to efficiency in working.

(ii) Rapid Decisions : Statutory Corporations enjoy autonomy. They can take quick decisions. There is less file work and less formalities to be completed before taking decisions.

(iii) Efficient Staff : In Statutory Corporation, employees are given fair wages, better working conditions and proper training and development programs are initiated for the employees. As a result, employer-employee relations are very cordial and staff is highly motivated to perform better.

(iv) Motivated Staff: In Statutory Corporations, employees are given fair wages, better working conditions and proper training and development programmes are initiated for the employees. As a result, employer- employee relations are very cordial and staff is highly motivated to perform better.

Question 4.
Demerits of Statutory Corporation.
Answer:
Demerits of Statutory Corporation:
Though statutory corporations are autonomous bodies and enjoy flexibility in their working, they have certain limitations which are as follows:
(i) Clashes Amongst Interests : All or majority directors of Statutory Corporations are appointed by the Government from different fields. As there are many members it is quite possible that their interests may clash. The smooth functioning of the corporation may be hampered.

(ii) Autonomy on Paper Only : Ministers, government officials and political parties often interfere with the working and decision making policies which affects the autonomy and flexibility of it.

(iii) Rigid Structure : Though statutory corporation have operational flexibility, they are subject to many rules and regulations. Any changes in the constitution, objects, powers, duties, etc., require amendments to be passed in the parliament which is difficult task. This reduces its flexibility.

(iv) Lack of Initiative : The statutory corporation have no profit motive. There is no competition among them. So employees do not take initiative to increase the profit.

Question 5.
Features of Government Company.
Answer:
Features of Government Company:
The Government Company may be registered as public or private limited companies. These companies are established for purely business purpose and to compete with the private sector.
Following are the features of Government Company:
(i) Free from Procedural Controls: The Government companies have a right to formulate their independent policies and even make necessary changes in them. It enjoys freedom from budgetary, accounting and audit controls which are applicable to Government undertakings.

(ii) Majority of Government Directors : All or majority of directors of such companies are appointed by the Government from different fields. They may be experts from banking sector, insurance sector, who manage the day to day business affairs.

(iii) Public Accountability : The annual accounts of the company are tabled before Parliament or State Legislature for review and discussion. Thus, Government Company is accountable and answerable to the Parliament or State Legislature through the concerned Minister.

(iv) Registration under the Companies Act: The Government Company is registered under the Companies Act, 2013 and its formation, working, management and winding up a business is governed by provisions of- the Act. Government has power to modify or change certain provisions laid down in the Act.

Question 6.
Demerits of Government Company.
Answer:
Demerits of Government Company:
Though Government Company enjoys various benefits due to Government ownership and autonomy, it has following limitations:
(i) Inefficiency and Corruption : The Directors have no financial stake in the company and as a result they are indifferent towards working of the company. Due to limited autonomy and petty politics, the efficiency of the enterprise is affected. It results in corruption.

(ii) Lack of Professional view : There is lack of devotion, dedication and systematic approach. In fact, there is no professional approach in various operations and working of the company.

Thus, from the above points it could be seen that there is lot of government and political interference in the Government company which brings about its inefficiency and ineffectiveness.

(iii) Domination of Ministers and Politicians : The ministers of the concerned departments are in charge of the Government Company. In view of Government ownership, political interference is quite common. The Directors try to serve and achieve their political motives rather than realisation of business goals as they are nominated for political gains and not on merits.

(iv) Red Tapism and Delay : The bureaucratic management delays in taking decision and implementing. There is no time frame and the employees are not devoted. There is often delay in preparing various documents and forwarding the same for taking action. Thus, delay, red tape, corruption, avoidance of work and shirking from the responsibility is common sight in Government Company.

Question 7.
Features of Multinational Corporation.
Answer:
Features of Multinational Corporation:
Following are the features of Multinational Corporation:
(i) Advanced and Sophisticated Technology : Multinational company has large capital and sophisticated technology and infrastructure. As a result it undertakes diversified and multifarious activities including manufacturing, marketing, financial, research and development.

(ii) Legal Existence : MNCs are registered in their home country as per their laws and as such they enjoy separate legal status. It can sue and be sued, enter into contracts and own property in their own name.

(iii) Government: MNCs have to bring about the necessary changes in their functioning based upon the laws prevailing in the countries of their operations. For e.g. advertisement about various products on TV is given in local languages in India and in national language Hindi, to cover maximum target audience. In some cases they have to change the menu to suit local demands for e.g. McDonalds had to change its menu for its business in India.

(iv) Origin: The MNCs have origin in one country and the country to which they belong is called home country. The country in which they operate their business activities is called host country. These companies are registered in their home country and have a place of business in different countries of the world. The head office controls the operations of different branches through a network of internet. They also appoint their representatives in host countries for smooth business operations.

Question 8.
Merits of Multinational Corporation.
Answer:
Merits of Multinational Corporation:
Following are the merits of Multinational Corporation.
(i) Proper use of Idle Resources : The national income of host country increases as MNCs use idle physical and human resources with latest technologies.

(ii) Inflow of Foreign Capital: Multinational corporations bring much needed foreign capital for the rapid development of developing countries. This capital is useful for growth of domestic country.

(iii) Promotion of International Brotherhood and Culture: MNCs integrate economies of various nations with the world economy and promote international brotherhood and culture with peace and prosperity in the world.

(iv) End of Local Monopolies : In global market, Multinational Corporations end local monopolies of host . countries improving their products and reduces prices.

(v) Technical Development: Multinational corporations gives lot of importance to research and development activities. They are also fully equipped and have necessary infrastructure. The research and development is undertaken for finding out new product, new system, and new technology of doing business in an economical way.

8. Answer the following in details

Question 1.
Explain Departmental Organization and its features.
Answer:
(A) Meaning:
Departmental organizations are oldest form of public enterprises. These are run by Government departments headed by a minister who guides and controls the activities of the undertaking e.g. Indian Railways, all India Radio, Indian Post, Defence etc. A Departmental organization is organized, financed and controlled by Government like any other Government department. Under this type of organization, no distinction is made between public sector and traditional Government functions.

(B) Features of Departmental Organizations:
(i) Delegation of Authority : All major policy decisions are taken by the ministry. The day-to-day working is looked after by the staff consisting of civil servants of IAS, IPS cadres.

(ii) Organizational Structure : The internal organizational structure is of line type. The department is headed by minister who is responsible for the working of the department. Then there is Board of Directors or Managing Committee who are assisted by Chief Executive, Executive Assistant, Supervisory and General Staff. This is termed as bureaucracy style or military style of organisation.

(iii) Government Employees : The employees of departmental organization are civil servants and they are selected through Union Public Service Commission. Staff selection Board, Railway Recruitment Board etc. and as such they are treated as Government employees.

(iv) Financed by the Government: The funds are arranged for their operation from Government treasury. This enterprise cannot borrow money from the public without Government consent.

(v) Useful for Secret: matters like defence, atomic energy, etc.

(vi) No Legal Status : A government department does not enjoy an independent legal status. It is dependent on the Government. It cannot be taken to court without the consent of the Government. Thus, the above are the features of Departmental Organization.

(vii) Government Sanction for Expansion : Public Enterprises need to take the sanction of the Government for expansion and diversification of business or for changing the policies, etc.

(viii) Examples of Departmental Organisation : Ordinance factories, Railways, Broadcasting, Post and Telegraph, BHEL, Indian Drug and Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd. Army Clothing Factory, Gun Factory and so on.

(ix) Run by Government : Different procedures like accounting, auditing and budgeting are at par with Government department.

(x) Managed by Government : The Departmental organization is managed by Government officials of the concern ministry.

(xi) Accounting Control : The organisation is subject to accounting and audit procedures and controls as applicable to government departments or to the concerned ministry.

(xii) Accountability : The enterprise is funded by the government and hence the government controls its affairs. In other words, it is answerable to the Parliament.

(xiii) No Separate Legal Entity : A Government department does not enjoy an independent legal status. It is dependent on the Government. It cannot be taken to court without the consent of the Government.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

Question 2.
Explain merits and demerits of Departmental Organization.
Answer:
(A) Meaning:
Departmental organizations are run by the Government departments headed by a minister who guides and controls the activities of the undertaking.

(B) Merits of Departmental Organization:
1. Qualified Staff : Departmental organizations are properly managed and supervised by the qualified government staff.

2. Proper Use of Funds : The Departmental organizations provide public utilities or basic necessities. Government Department works under the control and supervision of the concern ministry. Charges for misuse of funds are less in departmental organization.

3. Social Welfare : Government undertakes socio-economic activities to promote social welfare. Providing essential comlhodities to people at reasonable price is top priority of the state. Thus, socio-economic objectives are achieved with Government control.

4. Public Accountability : The concerned minister incharge of the government organisation is answerable to the Parliament or Assembly. The elected representatives of people can raise the question about the working of this enterprises on behalf of public at large.

5. Maintain Secrecy: In matters of strategic, national importance, secrecy is essential and confidentiality can be maintained in certain business activities such as defence deals, atomic plants, drugs and pharmaceuticals etc.

6. Easy Formation : These organisations are very easy to form. They do not require any special statute or registration.

7. Direct Control: These organizations are properly managed and supervised by the qualified Government Staff Minister at the top is responsible to the Parliament for its operations.

8. Direct Revenue to Government : The revenue of departmental organizations directly goes to the jr Government treasury.

9. Less Overheads : The administrative expenses are less as government only operate it.

10. Easy Finance : These organisation get the required finance by the government through direct allocation of funds from the concerned ministry.

11. Development of Public Utilities : The departmental organisation provides public utilities or basic r necessities. People require essential services and products such as Railways, Transport and Communications, Telephone services, etc. Thus, essential services are made available by the Government department at a very reasonable rate.

(C) Demerits of Departmental Organisation:
(i) Delay in Action : In Departmental organisation there is always centralization of authorities. Such excessive centralization of authority leads to delay in action.

(ii) Inefficiency and Corruption : There is lot of inefficiency and corruption in departmental organisation.

(iii) Less Scope for Initiative : The working of this organization suffers from lack of continuity and stability because the policies of the department are decided by the ministers.

(iv) Instability : The working of this organisation suffers from lack of continuity and stability, because the policies of the department are decided by the Ministers.

(v) Delayed : The executives at the lower level have to depend on higher authority for all the decisions. They can’t take, their own decisions.

(vi) Lack of Flexibility : The Departmental organization lacks flexibility in decision making. This is because there is centralization of authority.

(vii) Incurring Losses/Huge Losses : Most of the government undertakings incur heavy losses due to lack of business skills and approach as they are not professional.

(viii) Absence of Professionalism : There is lack of professionalism in the management of departmental organization. Often the decisions are taken unsystematically, moreover the data collected is often out dated and there is no proper analysis of such data. Hence, the decisions are taken hastily.

(ix) Political Interference : The Ministers, bureaucrats, Government officials interfere in the day to day working of the undertaking.

(x) Red Tapism and Bureaucracy : The Departmental organisations are controlled by government. Departmental organisations are facing delays, red tapism, corruption, lack of initiative, bureaucracy, etc.

(xi) Insensitive to Consumer Needs : The officials of this organisation are insensitive to the needs of consumers. The officials are not bothered about consumer needs and consumer satisfaction as they are more worried about their security of service in view of monopolistic position.

(xii) Lack of Autonomy : Departmental organisation lack autonomy and freedom in working and decision making.

Question 3.
Explain Statutory Corporation and its features.
Answer:
(A) Meaning:
Statutory Corporations are autonomous bodies established under special legislative Acts. A statutory corporation is formed under a Special Act of Parliament or State Legislature. The powers, duties, functions and scope of operations are laid down in the Act.
LIC, IFCI, SBI, UTI, Air India are the examples of public corporation.
Statutory Corporation is a body with a separate existence, which can sue and be sued and is responsible for its own finance. It is administered by a board appointed by public authority to which it is answerable.

(B) Features of Statutory Corporation:
(i) No political Interference : It enjoys freedom from political, parliamentary and government interference in day-to-day management.

(ii) Own Staffing System: They recruit their own employees and they are not government servant. Employees terms and services are not governed by civil services rules.

(iii) No Political Interference : It enjoys freedom from political, parliamentary and government interference in day to day management of its affairs.

(iv) Financial Autonomy : Statutory Corporations are financially autonomous. After getting the prior permission from the Government, it can even borrow money within and outside the country.

(v) Independent Identity : They have an independent identity different from the government. Though, the overall business policies are formulated by the government, they have administrative autonomy and hence operational flexibility.

(vi) Special Act : They are established under a special Act passed by the Parliament. Its objectives, powers 98and functions are regulated by the Act.

(vii) Corporate Body : Statutory Corporation is a corporate body. It has a separate legal entity distinct from its members and thereby can enter into contracts and acquire property on its own name.

(viii) Answerable to the Legislature : A statutory corporation is answerable to Parliament or State Assembly whomsoever creates it. Parliament has no right to interfere. Though the overall business policies are formulated by the government, they have administrative autonomy and hence operational flexibility.

(ix) Legal Status : As a body corporate, it has a separate legal entity, distinct from its members and thereby can enter into contracts and acquire property in its own name.

(x) Independent Accounting System : They are not subject to budget accounting and audit laws and procedures applicable to government departments. But financial reports are placed in the Parliament for discussion.

(xi) Public Accountability : It’s accounts are audited by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India. Its annual reports and results are placed in Parliament or Legislative Assembly for discussion and hence answerable for their working and results to the Parliament.

(xii) Objective : It is service oriented and not profit oriented. It works efficiently to earn profit which is used for its day to day functioning.

Question 4.
Explain merits and demerits of statutory corporation.
Answer:
(A) Introduction
Statutory Corporations are autonomous bodies established under special legislative Acts. A statutory corporation is formed under a Special Act of Parliament or State Legislature. The powers, duties, functions and scope of operations are laid down in the Act.
LIC, IFCI, SBI, UTI, Air India are the examples of public corporation.

Statutory Corporation is a body with a separate existence, which can sue and be sued and is responsible for its own finance. It is administered by a board appointed by public authority to which it is answerable.

(B) Merits of Statutory Corporation:
(i) Professional Management: Statutory Corporations are managed professionally. The directors and other executives are highly trained and specialize in their respective fields. This leads to efficiency in working.

(ii) Rapid Decisions : Statutory Corporations enjoy autonomy. They can take quick decisions. There is less file work and less formalities to be completed before taking decisions.

(iii) Efficient Staff : In Statutory Corporation, employees are given fair wages, better working conditions and proper training and development programs are initiated for the employees. As a result, employer-employee relations are very cordial and staff is highly motivated to perform better.

(iv) Motivated Staff: In Statutory Corporations, employees are given fair wages, better working conditions and proper training and development programmes are initiated for the employees. As a result, employer- employee relations are very cordial and staff is highly motivated to perform better.

(v) Service Motive : They are formed to provide public utility services and promote consumer satisfaction. It provides essential commodities to people at reasonable rates.

(vi) Easy to Raise Capital : Being owned by government, these corporations can raise required funds by floating bonds at low rate of interest.

(vii) Administrative Autonomy : Due to administrative and financial autonomy, statutory corporation take quick decisions and are flexible in its policy framing and working as per the changing business needs.

(viii) Public Accountability : These organisations enjoy public accountability, flexibility and autonomy in its working. The accounts are audited by Comptroller and Auditor General of India and final accounts are tabled before Parliament or Legislature.

(ix) Initiative and Flexibility : Statutory Corporation have an independent identity different from the government. Though, the overall business policies are formulated by the government, they have administrative autonomy and hence operational flexibility.

(x) Enjoys Economies of Scale : As these organisations are large scale undertakings which promote social welfare, it enjoys economies of large scale business operations.

(xi) Creates Employment Opportunities : Statutory organisations generate employment opportunities for the people at large. LIC, ONGC, Air India and others employ lakhs of people in the country. This reduces government burden of providing jobs to teeming millions and as such they help government.

(xii) Enjoy Monopoly : Most of statutory organisations are monopolistic or semi-monopolistic in their areas of functioning.

(C) Demerits of Statutory Corporation:
Though statutory corporations are autonomous bodies and enjoy flexibility in their working, they have certain limitations which are as follows:
(i) Clashes Amongst Interests : All or majority directors of Statutory Corporations are appointed by the Government from different fields. As there are many members it is quite possible that their interests may clash. The smooth functioning of the corporation may be hampered.

(ii) Autonomy on Paper Only : Ministers, government officials and political parties often interfere with the working and decision making policies which affects the autonomy and flexibility of it.

(iii) Rigid Structure : Though statutory corporation have operational flexibility, they are subject to many rules and regulations. Any changes in the constitution, objects, powers, duties, etc., require amendments to be passed in the parliament which is difficult task. This reduces its flexibility.

(iv) Lack of Initiative : The statutory corporation have no profit motive. There is no competition among them. So employees do not take initiative to increase the profit.

(v) Unfair Practices : Before 1991, these corporations enjoyed monopolistic and semi monopolistic position. They were charging high prices from the consumers to cover up their inefficiencies. After 1991, due to liberalization, most of them lost their monopolistic position but skill, in practice the lack competition as they are not aware of consumer needs.

Question 5.
Explain Government Company and its features.
Answer:
(A) Meaning:

  1. A Government Company is one in which atleast 51% of its paid up capital is held by the Central Government and / or the State Government.
  2. State Trading Corporation (STC), Steel Authority of India (SAIL), Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd (BHEL) etc. are some of the examples of Government Companies.
  3. These companies are registered under the Indian Companies Act, 2013 and its working is governed by the rules and regulations of the act.
  4. Government Companies are established for purely business purpose and to complete with the private sector. The shares of the company are purchased in the name of the President of India.
  5. Government Companies may be registered as public or private limited companies.

(B) Features of Government Company:
The Government Company may be registered as public or private limited companies. These companies are established for purely business purpose and to compete with the private sector.
Following are the features of Government Company:
(i) Free from Procedural Controls: The Government companies have a right to formulate their independent policies and even make necessary changes in them. It enjoys freedom from budgetary, accounting and audit controls which are applicable to Government undertakings.

(ii) Majority of Government Directors : All or majority of directors of such companies are appointed by the Government from different fields. They may be experts from banking sector, insurance sector, who manage the day to day business affairs.

(iii) Public Accountability : The annual accounts of the company are tabled before Parliament or State Legislature for review and discussion. Thus, Government Company is accountable and answerable to the Parliament or State Legislature through the concerned Minister.

(iv) Registration under the Companies Act: The Government Company is registered under the Companies Act, 2013 and its formation, working, management and winding up a business is governed by provisions of- the Act. Government has power to modify or change certain provisions laid down in the Act.

(v) Own Staff: The employees are appointed as per the rules and regulations set by the company. Its employees are not governed by respective Government.

(vi) Promotes Social Welfare : Government Companies aims to optimise national and natural resources such as land, water, electricity, etc. It produces arms, ammunition and other defence equipments. It also brings about balanced regional development and leads to equality of income.

(vii) Objective : It operates on commercial principles and as such its aim is to make profit.

(viii) Separate Legal Entity : A Government Company is a corporate body created under the Companies Act. It has all features of a company such as legal entity, common seal, limited liability, etc. It can enter into contracts and acquire property in its own name.

(ix) Exemptions : Government Company is exempted from budget, accounting and audit laws applicable to government departments. Its accounts are audited by the Government Auditor. The Government has a right to exempt the company from any provisions of Companies Act which may come in its way of providing welfare services to the public at large.

(ix) Suitability : Government Companies are suitable for conducting manufacturing and marketing activities.

Question 6.
Explain Merits and Demerits of Government Company.
Answer:
(A) Merits of Government Company:
(i) Profitability and Accountability : It works on business principles and follows commercial approach. Though not profit oriented like private sector, it does make reasonable profit which is used for public welfare, modernisation, renovation and development. Moreover, its performance can be evaluated by the Parliament as it has public accountability.

(ii) Internal Autonomy: Government Company enjoys financial and administrative autonomy. Its dependence on Government authority is minimum. It has its own capital structure, financial plan, borrowing powers and so on.

(iii) Government Ownership ; The ownership of the government company rests with Central or State Government who owns major capital of the company and as such looks after its management and control. Government always promotes public welfare.

(iv) Foreign Capital and Technical Know how : As the government provides 51% of the capital, the rest 49% can be raised through foreign investment. By seeking foreign capital, Government companies bring advanced technology and technical know how.

(v) Acquisition of Sick Units : A government company can acquire a sick unit in the private sector without rationalisation. It can be acquired by purchasing 51% of the share capital of a private company.

(vi) Concessions and Privileges : As government owns Government Company, it enjoys various concessions, privileges, subsidies, etc. It may also get orders for the products or services from various government departments and agencies. It also has access to use financial resources of the Government.

(vii) Efficiency : Government company has to compete with the private sector companies. Hence, it tries to promote efficiency at all levels and avoids wastages wherever possible. It tries to improve its services to consumers and promotes consumer satisfaction by providing quality goods at reasonable prices.
From the above points, it could be seen that the Government Company enjoys various benefits as it is owned by the Government and blends the objectives of privately owned companies with State owned control and maximise public welfare.

(viii) Professional Management: The management of Government Company is in the hands of the Board of Directors appointed by the Government. Government exercises control on various matters through Board of Directors. They are highly qualified.

(ix) Easy Formation : The formation of Government Company is easy as there is no procedural delay and legal constraints. It does not require special Act or Parliament approval. It comes into existence through executive decision of the Government.

(x) Flexibility : The objects, powers and organisational set up of a Government Company can be altered easily. The company can take prompt decisions regarding management, finance and other related matters due to flexibility in their operations.

(xi) Easy to Alter : The objects, powers and organisational set up of a Government Company can be altered easily. The company can take prompt decisions regarding management, finance and other related matters due to flexibility in their operations.

(xii) Enjoys Private and Public Objective : In a Government Company, attempt is made to combine the operating flexibility of privately owned companies with the advantage of state regulation and control in public interest.

(B) Demerits of Government Company:
Though Government Company enjoys various benefits due to Government ownership and autonomy, it has following limitations:
(i) Inefficiency and Corruption : The Directors have no financial stake in the company and as a result they are indifferent towards working of the company. Due to limited autonomy and petty politics, the efficiency of the enterprise is affected. It results in corruption.

(ii) Lack of Professional view : There is lack of devotion, dedication and systematic approach. In fact, there is no professional approach in various operations and working of the company.

Thus, from the above points it could be seen that there is lot of government and political interference in the Government company which brings about its inefficiency and ineffectiveness.

(iii) Domination of Ministers and Politicians : The ministers of the concerned departments are in charge of the Government Company. In view of Government ownership, political interference is quite common. The Directors try to serve and achieve their political motives rather than realisation of business goals as they are nominated for political gains and not on merits.

(iv) Red Tapism and Delay : The bureaucratic management delays in taking decision and implementing. There is no time frame and the employees are not devoted. There is often delay in preparing various documents and forwarding the same for taking action. Thus, delay, red tape, corruption, avoidance of work and shirking from the responsibility is common sight in Government Company.

(v) Autonomy only in Name : Though there is administrative autonomy, these companies face a lot of interference from the government in all the matters. Appointment of Directors, employees and its working, there is no autonomy. Autonomy is only on paper and not in practice.

(vi) Weak Public Accountability : Absence of Government audit is a major draw back in case of Government company which does not assure proper utilisation of funds. There is no control on misappropriation of funds which leads to weak public accountability.

(vii) Fear of Exposure : The working of Government Company like annual report is placed before the parliament or State Legislature. It is exposed to press and public criticism. Therefore, management of the government company often gets demoralized.

(viii) Lack of Expertise: The managerial key personnel of a Government Company are deputed from government departments. Such person, generally, lack expertise and commitment leading to lower operational efficiency of the Government Company.

(ix) Ineffective Control of Parliament : There is lack of control of the Parliament in the working of the Government company. Parliament is not having direct control, due to which the officers shirk from responsibility and postpone decision making. It affects efficiency of Government company.

(x) Poor Labour Management Relations : The employer-employee relations in the Government companies are poor. This is the result of corrupt and inefficient management of selfish trade unions. Proper work culture is found absent in Government companies.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

Question 7.
Explain Multinational Corporation and its features.
Answer:
(A) Meaning:
(i) Global enterprises or Multinational Corporations are the Corporations which under take business activities in more than one country. Any company having its head office in one country and place of business in other countries is called a Multinational Corporation.

(ii) Multinational Corporation played an important role in the Indian Economy since 1991. They have become a common feature of developing economies in the world.
A Multinational Corporation is a corporation which operates, in addition to the country in which it is incorporated, in one or more other countries.

(B) Features of Multinational Corporation:
Following are the features of Multinational Corporation:
(i) Advanced and Sophisticated Technology : Multinational company has large capital and sophisticated technology and infrastructure. As a result it undertakes diversified and multifarious activities including manufacturing, marketing, financial, research and development.

(ii) Legal Existence : MNCs are registered in their home country as per their laws and as such they enjoy separate legal status. It can sue and be sued, enter into contracts and own property in their own name.

(iii) Government: MNCs have to bring about the necessary changes in their functioning based upon the laws prevailing in the countries of their operations. For e.g. advertisement about various products on TV is given in local languages in India and in national language Hindi, to cover maximum target audience. In some cases they have to change the menu to suit local demands for e.g. McDonalds had to change its menu for its business in India.

(iv) Origin: The MNCs have origin in one country and the country to which they belong is called home country. The country in which they operate their business activities is called host country. These companies are registered in their home country and have a place of business in different countries of the world. The head office controls the operations of different branches through a network of internet. They also appoint their representatives in host countries for smooth business operations.

(v) Research & Development: MNCs give lot of importance to research and development activities. They are also fully equipped and have necessary infrastructure. The R&D is undertaken for finding out new product, new system, new technology, new methods of doing business in an economical way.

(vi) International Operations : Multinational Corporation play a significant role in world trade. Nearly 40% of the world is contributed by the multinational companies.

(vii) Target Profit Oriented : Earning profit is the main motive of MNCs. For this purpose they introduce new and novel products, launch new marketing schemes, organize trade fairs and exhibitions, does lots of publicity and adopts professional approach in all its dealings.

(viii) Huge Assets and Turnover : Multinational Corporation have huge financial strength because of huge capital and assets. This enables it to develop its business potential in developing and under developing nations where they can earn handsome profits.

(ix) Mighty Economic Power: Multinational Corporation has a huge capital and assets so they have a mighty economic power. They keep on adding to their economic power through constant mergers and acquisitions of companies in host countries.

(x) Centralized Control: Multinational Corporation is managed by parent company. It manages affairs of the subsidiary company from the respective home country. Multinational corporations are controlled by parent companies and mostly home strategic.

(xi) Area of Operation : MNCs operate in different countries of the world and deal in multiple products on a large scale. They operate in those countries where chance of maximizing profit is more. MNCs of developed nations dominate the global market and they undertake production or marketing activities and so on. For . e.g. Coca Cola, Tata Tea and so on have global presence.

(xii) Professional Management: A MNC employs professionally qualified personnel to handle huge funds, advanced technology and international operations.

Question 8.
Explain Merits and Demerits of Multinational Corporation
Answer:
(A) Introduction:
(i) Global enterprises or Multinational Corporations are the Corporations which under take business activities in more than one country. Any company having its head office in one country and place of business in other countries is called a Multinational Corporation.

(ii) Multinational Corporation played an important role in the Indian Economy since 1991. They have become a common feature of developing economies in the world.
A Multinational Corporation is a corporation which operates, in addition to the country in which it is incorporated, in one or more other countries.

(B) Merits of Multinational Corporation:
Following are the merits of Multinational Corporation.
(i) Proper use of Idle Resources : The national income of host country increases as MNCs use idle physical and human resources with latest technologies.

(ii) Inflow of Foreign Capital: Multinational corporations bring much needed foreign capital for the rapid development of developing countries. This capital is useful for growth of domestic country.

(iii) Promotion of International Brotherhood and Culture: MNCs integrate economies of various nations with the world economy and promote international brotherhood and culture with peace and prosperity in the world.

(iv) End of Local Monopolies : In global market, Multinational Corporations end local monopolies of host . countries improving their products and reduces prices.

(v) Technical Development: Multinational corporations gives lot of importance to research and development activities. They are also fully equipped and have necessary infrastructure. The research and development is undertaken for finding out new product, new system, and new technology of doing business in an economical way.

(vi) Improvement of Standard of Living : Multinational Corporations supply their product at very reasonable prices in the global market. E.g. the price of wrist watches, cell phones, etc. This helps to improve the standard of living of people of host countries.

(vii) Managerial Development : Multinational corporations have highly specialized and expert team of management. These experts are hired from different countries of the world. Also their functioning is highly professional. They adopt new technology and use huge resources.

(viii) Employment Generation : MNCs create large scale employment opportunities in host countries and . helps in reducing unemployment.

(C) Demerits of Multinational Corporation:
(i) Danger for Domestic Industries : Multinational Corporations have vast economic power so they are danger to domestic industries which are still in process of development. Domestic industries not so powerful to face the challenges of Multinational Corporation.

(ii) Create Problem for Environment: Profit is sole objective of multinational corporation. Such companies damage environment of developing countries. To lower the price of goods they dump lower standard quality product which harms local soil, water and air.

(iii) Outsourcing of Job: Normally MNCs outsource the job work due to lower cost, due to this their liabilities towards employees are reduced.

(iv) Misuse of Mighty Status : Multinational Corporations have powerful financial strength because of huge capital. They can afford to bear losses for a long while in the hope of earning huge profits. They have ended local competition and achieved monopoly. This may be unfair.

(v) Multinational Corporations Import Skilled Labour : Most companies in this position imports the skilled labour they require from other economic to meet their needs. That means the best jobs, especially in the developing world, are given to people who don’t even live in the local economy. Those wages do not offer the same economic benefits because spending occurs internationally instead of at the local level.

(vi) Interference : Multinational Corporations are gigantic organizations with huge finance and efficient management. They try to bring about expansion of business through mergers, acquisitions and amalgamations. As they are huge corporations they exert influence on political parties and try to spread political ideology of their home country.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 5 Forms of Business Organisation – II

(vii) Take away Profits to Home Country : Profits made by multinational corporations are not used in the same country from where they are earned. They are not interested in development of other countries. They do not use their profits on infrastructural development of other countries.

(viii) E ncourage Political Corruption : To get favourable terms and conditions in host country multinational corporations bribe to political parties.

(ix) Repatriation of Profiles : Multinational Corporations get huge profit. Repatriation of profit by Multinational Corporation adversely affects the foreign exchange reserves of the host country. If means that a large amount of foreign exchange goes out of host country.

OCM Class 11 Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

11th OCM Chapter 4 Exercise Forms of Business Organisation – I Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Forms of Business Organisation – I 11th OCM Chapter 4 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 11th Textbook Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 OCM Chapter 4 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the Correct option and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
A sole trading concern ensures ……………….. business secrecy.
(a) maximum
(b) minimum
(c) limited
Answer:
(a) maximum

Question 2.
The members of Hindu undivided family business are called ………………..
(a) carpenter
(b) co-parcener
(c) parceners
Answer:
(b) co-parcener

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 3.
The head of Joint Hindu Family Business is called as ………………..
(a) KARTA
(b) owner
(c) manager
Answer:
(a) KARTA

Question 4.
Registration of partnership firm is ………………. in Maharashtra.
(a) voluntary
(b) compulsory
(c) easy
Answer:
(b) compulsory

Question 5.
The liability of the shareholders in Joint Stock Company is ………………
(a) limited
(b) unlimited
(c) restricted
Answer:
(a) limited

Question 6.
A Joint Stock Company is an artificial person created by ………………….
(a) Law
(b) Articles
(c) Memorandum
Answer:
(a) Law

Question 7.
Registration of a Joint Stock Company is ………………..
(a) compulsory
(b) free
(c) not required
Answer:
(a) compulsory

Question 8.
Liability of member of a Co-operative Society is ………………
(a) limited
(b) restricted
(c) maximum
Answer:
(a) limited

Question 9.
Indian Co-operative Society’s Act was passed in ………………
(a) 1912
(b) 1913
(c) 1911
Answer:
(a) 1912

Question 10.
…………………. acts as a signature of the company.
(a) Common seal
(b) Common sign
(c) Common image
Answer:
(a) Common seal

1. (B) Match the pairs

Group AGroup B
(a) Private Company(1) Karta
(b) Public Company(2) Local Market
(c) Common Seal(3) 1932
(d) Partnership Act(4) Maximum 200 members
(e) Joint Hindu Family Firms(5) One Man Show
(F) Subject-matter of insurance(6) Minimum Seven members
(7) Minimum 10 members
(8) Signature of Company
(9) Maximum 100 members
(10) Manager

Answer:

Group AGroup B
(a) Private Company(4) Maximum 200 members
(b) Public Company(6) Minimum Seven members
(c) Common Seal(8) Signature of Company
(d) Partnership Act(3) 1932
(e) Joint Hindu Family Firms(1) Karta

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term.

Question 1.
An elected body of representatives of co-operative Society for its day to day administrations.
Answer:
Managing Committee

Question 2.
The owner is the sole manager and decision maker of his business.
Answer:
Sole Trader

Question 3.
One man show type of business organisation.
Answer:
Sole trading concern

Question 4.
The members of the Joint Hindu Family firm.
Answer:
Co-parceners

Question 5.
A partner who gives his name to partnership firm.
Answer:
Nominal partner

Question 6.
There is free transferability of shares in this company.
Answer:
Public Company

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 7.
A partnership agreement in writing.
Answer:
Partnership Deed

Question 8.
The motto of the co-operative society.
Answer:
Service

Question 9.
An organization which is service oriented.
Answer:
Co-operatives Society

1. (D) State True or False

Question 1.
Sole trader is the decision maker of the business.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Sole trading concern operates in local markets.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Sole proprietorship is useful for small business.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
The liability of KARTA is unlimited.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
The maximum number of members is unlimited in Joint Hindu Family Firm.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
Joint Stock company can raise huge amount of capital.
Answer:
True

Question 7.
There is a separation of ownership and management in Joint Stock Company.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
Board of Directors manage the business of Joint Stock Company.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
Partnership agreement may be oral or written.
Answer:
True

Question 10.
In partnership firm, the liability of every partner is limited, joint and several.
Answer:
False

Question 11.
The main motto of co-operative society is to render services to its shareholders.
Answer:
False

Question 12.
The membership of a co-operative society is compulsory.
Answer:
False

1. (E) Find the odd one

Question 1.
Sole proprietorship, Joint Hindu Family, Non-Government Organization (NGO), Partnership firm.
Answer:
NGO

Question 2.
Active partner, Shareholder, Nominal partner, Secret partner.
Answer:
Shareholder

1. (F) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
Private sector enterprises are owned and managed by the …………………
Answer:
Private entities

Question 2.
There is only one owner in …………………
Answer:
Sole Trading Concern

Question 3.
Admission of new individual into existing business has given birth to …………………
Answer:
Partnership Firm

Question 4.
A partner who takes active participation in the day to day working of the business is known as …………………
Answer:
active partner

Question 5.
When there is no provision in partnership agreement regarding time period for partnership then it is known as …………………
Answer:
Partnership at will

Question 6.
The property of JHF business is jointly owned by the …………………
Answer:
KARTA

Question 7.
The management of Co-operative society is based on …………………
Answer:
democratic principles

Question 8.
The rule for voting in Co-operative society is …………………
Answer:
one member one vote

Question 9.
The rule for voting in Joint Stock company is …………………
Answer:
one share one vote

Question 10.
The face value of the shares of Co-operative society is very …………………
Answer:
less

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 11.
Consumer’s co-operatives are formed by the …………………
Answer:
consumers

Question 12.
Registration of Joint Stock Company is compulsory according to the Companies Act …………………
Answer:
2013

1. (G) Complete the following table

Question 1.
(Public company, Private company, Co-operative Society, Partnership Firm, Sole Trading Concern)

Group AGroup B
(i) Minimum 2 and maximum 200……………..
(ii) Minimum 10 and maximum no limit…………….
(iii) ………………Minimum 7 and maximum unlimited
(iv) Form of business organisation having only one member…………………
(v) Minimum 2 and maximum 50………………..

Answer:

Group AGroup B
(i) Minimum 2 and maximum 200Private Limited Compmay
(ii) Minimum 10 and maximum no limitCo-operative Society
(iii) Public companyMinimum 7 and maximum unlimited
(iv) Form of business organisation having only one memberSole Trading Concern
(v) Minimum 2 and maximum 50Partnership Firm

1. (H) Answer in one sentences

Question 1.
What is Sole Trading Concern?
Answer:
Sole Trading Concern is a type of business which is owned, managed and controlled by one person.

Question 2.
What do you mean by partnership firm?
Answer:
A business owned and managed by two or more persons sharing profits and losses is called a partnership firm.

Question 3.
What is the meaning of Joint Stock Company?
Answer:
Joint Stock Company is an artificial person created by law, having an independent legal status, owned by shareholders and managed by Board of Directors.

Question 4.
What is Joint Hindu Family business?
Answer:
A Joint Hindu Family is a form of business organization which runs from one generation to another according to the Hindu Law.

Question 5.
What do you mean by Co-operative Society?
Answer:
Co-operative Society is a voluntary association of individuals which is formed for providing services to members.

Question 6.
What do you mean by minor partner?
Answer:
A minor partner is a partner who is admitted into the partnership firm for the benefit of the firm with the consent of all partners.

Question 7.
What is Quasi Partner?
Answer:
Quasi partner is a partner of the partnership firm who has retired from the firm but has left his capital behind in the firm.

Question 8.
What do you mean by partner-in-profits only?
Answer:
A partner-in-profits only is a partner who gets into an agreement to share only the profits of the partnership firm and not the losses.

Question 9.
What do you mean by general partnership?
Answer:
General partnership is a form of partnership where, the liability of all the partners is unlimited, joint and several. Every partner has an equal right and it can be formed under the Partnership Act of 1932.

Question 10.
What is the meaning of Private company?
Answer:
A Private Limited company is a company which by its articles restricts the right to transfer share, limits the maximum number of members to 200.

Question 11.
What do you mean by Public company?
Answer:
A public company means a company which is not a private company.

1. (I) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
In Public company, shares are not freely transferable.
Answer:
In Private company, shares are not freely transferable.

Question 2.
In Private company, there are minimum 3 (Three) directors.
Answer:
In Private company, there are minimum 2 (Two) directors.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 3.
Registration of Joint Stock company is not compulsory.
Answer:
Registration of Joint Stock company is compulsory.

Question 4.
There is less secrecy in Sole Trading concern.
Answer:
There is maximum secrecy in Sole Trading concern.

Question 5.
In Partnership firm, minimum three members are required.
Answer:
In partnership firm, minimum two members are required.

Question 6.
In Joint Hindu Family business, the senior most member of family is called as Co-parcener.
Answer:
In Joint Hindu Family business, the senior most member of family is called as Karta.

Question 7.
Indian Partnership Act, 1940 is applicable in India.
Answer:
Indian Partnership Act, 1932 is applicable in India.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts

Question 1.
Sole Trading Concern.
Answer:

  1. It is a form of business organization which is owned, managed and controlled by one person.
  2. It need not be registered.
  3. It does not have a legal status i.e. It does not have a stable life.
  4. Maximum secrecy can be maintained in Sole Trading concern.

Question 2.
Partnership Firm.
Answer:

  1. It is a voluntary association of two or more persons with a common objective.
  2. It is formed by an agreement called Partnership deed.
  3. It is governed by Indian Partnership Act, 1932.
  4. Registration of partnership firm is optional as per Partnership Act, 1932.
  5. In Maharashtra, registration of partnership firm is made compulsory.

Question 3.
Joint Hindu Family Firm.
Answer:

  1. It is a form of business organization which is carried from one generation to another generation.
  2. It comes into existence by operation of Hindu Law.
  3. This form of organization is found in India only.
  4. The seniormost member of the family is called ‘Karta’ while other members are called ‘Co-parceners’.

Question 4.
Co-operative Society.
Answer:

  1. It is a voluntary association of individuals which is formed for providing services to members.
  2. Its main motto is ‘service’ rather than ‘profit’.
  3. It runs on principle of ‘One member One Vote’.
  4. It enjoys an independent legal status, distinct from its members.

Question 5.
Joint Stock Company.
Answer:

  1. It is an incorporated association created by law, having an independent legal status, owned by shareholders and managed by Board of Directors.
  2. The main motive of Joint Stock company is maximisation of profit.
  3. It works as principle of “One share One vote”.
  4. It has to follow Indian Companies Act, 2013.

Question 6.
Karta.
Answer:

  1. Karta is a seniormost member of the family, who runs the Joint Hindu Family Business.
  2. The Karta has unlimited liability in such type of business.
  3. Karta has the right to manage the business.
  4. Karta need not consult any body about business decisions.

Question 7.
Managing Committee.
Answer:

  1. Managing committee is a group of members of a Co-operative society, who looks after the working of Co-operative society.
  2. They are elected by the shareholders of Co-operative society.
  3. All important decisions are taken by the managing committee.
  4. In short, they look after day to day administration of the Society.

Question 8.
Nominal Partner.
Answer:

  1. A partner who only lends his name and reputation to the partnership firm is called as nominal partner.
  2. He is simply obliging his friends by allowing the firm to use his name as a partner.
  3. He may or may not be given any share in the profits of the firm.
  4. He does not contribute to the capital of the business.
  5. He is liable to the debts of the firm.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion

1. Mr. Raghunath is running business from last 30 years. This business is ancestoral business of Mr. Raghunath. Kiran and Naman, two sons of Mr. Raghunath are helping him along with their wives.

Question 1.
Find out the type of business.
Answer:
Joint Hindu Family Firm.

Question 2.
Who is Raghunath?
Answer:
Raghunath is the Karta.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 3.
What Kiran and Naman are called?
Answer:
Kiran and Naman are called as co-parceners.

2. Mr. Sawant a Chartered Accountant by profession and Mrs. Tambe, an Architect by profession running a firm namely ‘ST Firms’ in Nagpur.

Question 1.
Identify the form of business organisation in the above examples.
Question 2.
Is it a registered organisation?
Question 3.
What is the Profession of Mr. Sawant?

4. Distinguish between the following

Question 1.
Private Limited Company and Public Limited Company
Answer:

Private Limited CompanyPublic Limited Company
(1) MeaningA Private Limited Company is a company which by its articles, restricts the right to transfer share, limits the maximum number of members to 200 and prohibits the issue of prospectus.A Public Company means a company, which is not a Private Company.
(2) Name of the CompanyName of the company must end with the word ‘Private Limited’.Name of the company must end with the word ‘Limited’.
(3) Number of MembersThere are minimum 2 members. Maximum members are 200.There are minimum 7 members. Maximum members are unlimited.
(4) Transfer of SharesShares of the company are not freely transferable.Shares of the company are freely transferable.
(5) Issue of ProspectusThe company cannot issue prospectus. Statement in lieu of prospectus is issued.The company has to issue prospectus compulsory.
(6) Number of DirectorsMinimum 2 Directors are needed in a Private Limited Company.Minimum 3 Directors are needed in a Public Limited Company.
(7) Statutory MeetingA Private Limited Company need not hold a Statutory Meeting.A Public Limited Company must hold a Statutory Meeting compulsorily.
(8) CapitalMinimum paid up capital is one lakh rupees.Minimum paid up capital is five lakh rupees.
(9) Commencement of BusinessThe business can be started after getting ‘Incorporation Certificate’.The business can be started after getting ‘Commencement Certificate’.

Question 2.
Sole Trading Concern and Partnership Firm.
Answer:

Sole Trading ConcernPartnership Firm
(1) MeaningSole proprietorship is owned and controlled by one person.Partnership firm is owned and controlled by two or more persons called as ‘Partners’.
(2) FormationSole trading concern can be formed easily. It is started as soon as the owner decides.Partnership firm is formed by an agreement between two or more persons.
(3) Numbers of MembersSole trading concern is owned by a single person.Minimum 2 members are needed for starting business. The maximum number is 50.
(4) RegistrationThere is no need for registration of sole trading concern.A partnership firm may or may not be registered. However, it is always desirable for the firm to be registered. It is compulsory in Maharashtra.
(5) SecrecyIt is possible to have maximum business secrecy.Secrecy is shared among all the partners.
(6) LiabilityLiability of a sole trader is unlimitedLiability of a partner is unlimited, joint and several.
(7) ManagementThe sole trader looks after management of business. He is manager of the business.All partners take part in management of the firm according to their skills.
(8) CapitalThe entire capital is contributed by the sole trader, comparatively limited.Partners contribute capital to the firm, comparatively more.
(9) Act/LawThere is no special Act governing the Sole Trading concern.Partnerships are governed by the Indian Partnership Act, 1932.
(10) Sharing of ProfitThe sole trader alone enjoys all the profits of business.Partners share the profits of business as per the ratio given in the agreement.
(11) RiskIn this form of business organization, the risk is assumed by sole trader alone.In partnership firm, the risk is shared by all the partners.
(12) DisputesThere is no room for disputes among owners, as there is only a single owner.There can be disputes among partners.

Question 3.
Partnership Firm and Joint Hindu Family.
Answer:

Partnership FirmJoint Hindu Family
(1) MeaningPartnership firm is controlled by two or more persons called as ‘Partners’.In Joint Hindu Family Firm, the Joint Hindu Family conducts business according to Hindu Laws.
(2) Number of MembersMinimum two members are needed for starting business. The maximum number is fifty.Membership of the firm depends upon the birth and death in the family. There is no limit on membership. A person adopted into the family also becomes a member.
(3) RegistrationRegistration is not compulsory in India, but it is compulsory in Maharashtra.Registration is not compulsory.
(4) LiabilityThe liability of partners is unlimited, joint and several.Karta has unlimited liability and Co-parceners have limited liability.
(5) CapitalComparatively more, as it is contributed by all partners.The whole capital comes from ancestral property.
(6) SecrecySecrets share by all partners.Secrecy can be maintained within family.
(7) ManagementAll partners takes part in management of the firm according to their skills.Karta looks after the management of the business. All Co-parceners follow his decision.
(8) StabilityStability of business is affected by death, lunacy or insolvency of a partner.Comparatively, more stable as business is not affected by death of Karta or Co-parceners.
(9) ActPartnerships are governed by the Indian Partnership Act, 1932.Joint Hindu Family firm follows the Hindu Succession Act, 1956.
(10) FormationPartnership firm is formed by an agreement between two or more persons.Joint Hindu Family Firm comes into existence by operation of Hindu Laws.
(11) Sharing of Profits/ LossesThe profits and losses are shared by partners as per the ratio given in the agreement.The profits and losses are shared between Karta and Co-parceners.
(12) Inspection of books of AccountsA partner has a right to inspect books of accounts of the firm.A co-parcener has no right to inspect books of accounts of the firm.
(13) ImpliedAuthority Every partner has implied authority to act on behalf of the other partners.Karta has implied authority to act on behalf of the firm.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 4.
Co-operative Society and Joint Stock Company.
Answer:

Co-operative SocietyJoint Stock Company
(1) MeaningCo-operative Society is a voluntary association of individuals which is formed for providing services to members.Joint Stock Company is an incorporated association created by law, having an independent legal status, owned by shareholders and managed by board of directors.
(2) Number of MembersMinimum ten members and maximum number of members is unlimited.Private company-

Minimum – 2

Maximum – 200

Public company-

Minimum – 7

Maximum – No limit

(3) CapitalA Co-operative society has less capital as compared to Joint Stock company.Joint Stock company has large capital.
(4) ManagementManaging Committee manages Co-operative society.Board of Directors manages Joint Stock company.
(5) ActCo-operative Societies have to follow Co-operative Societies Act, 1912. In Maharashtra, the societies have to follow Maharashtra State Co-operative Societies Act, 1960.Companies have to follow Indian Companies Act, 2013.
(6) FormationFormation of a Co-operative society is comparatively cheaper and easier.Formation of a Joint Stock Company is costly, difficult and time – consuming.
(7) Voting RightThe principle of “One member One vote” is followed.The principle of “One share One vote” is followed.
(8) MottoThe main motto of a Co-operative society is to give services to the people.The main motto of Joint Stock company is to make maximum profit.
(9) Transferability of SharesShares are not transferable. They can be surrendered to the society.Shares of a Public Company are freely transferable.
(10) RemunerationMembers of Managing Committee work on honorary basis.Board of Directors are paid salary and given fees for attending board meetings.
(11) Area of BusinessNormally, the co-operatives have a limited area of business.Companies have a larger area of business operation.
(12) ProxiesIn a Co-operative society, proxies are not allowed in the meetings.In a Joint Stock company, proxies are allowed to vote in the meetings.

Question 5.
Joint Hindu Family Firm and Joint Stock Company.
Answer:

Joint Hindu Family FirmJoint Stock Company
(1) MeaningIn Joint Hindu Family Firm, the Joint Hindu Family conducts business according to Hindu Laws.Joint Stock Company is an incorporated association created by law, having an independent legal status, owned by shareholders and managed by Board of Directors.
(2) Number of MembersMembership of the firm depends upon the birth and death in the family. There is no limit on membership.Private company-

Minimum – 2

Maximum – 200

Public company-

Minimum – 7

Maximum – No limit

(3) RegistrationRegistration is not requiredRegistration is compulsory.
(4) LiabilityKarta has unlimited liability and Co-parceners have limited liability.The liability of shareholders is limited upto the extent of unpaid amount on shares by them.
(5) CapitalThe whole of ancestral property used as capital.The company has huge capital.
(6) SecrecySecrecy can be maintained within the family.Books of accounts have to be published. Business secrecy cannot be maintained.
(7) ManagementKarta manages the business and he is assisted by co-parceners.Board of Directors manages the Joint Stock company.
(8) Government ControlThere is limited government interference.There is strict government control.
(9) ActJoint Hindu Family Firms are governed by the Hindu Succession Act, 1956.Joint Stock Companies are governed by Indian Companies Act, 2013.
(10) FormationIt is comparatively easy to form.Formation of a Joint Stock Company is difficult, costly and time-consuming.
(11) Legal ExistenceA Joint Hindu Family firm does not have a separate legal existence independent of its members.A Joint Stock Company has a separate legal existence. It is distinct from its members.
(12) Minor MemberMinors can become a member of the firm.Minors cannot become a member of the company.

Question 6.
Co-operative Society and Partnership Firm.
Answer:

Co-operative SocietyPartnership Firm
(1) MeaningCo-operative Society is a voluntary association of individuals which is formed for providing services to its members.Partnership firm is formed by two or more persons to do business and share profits.
(2) Number of MembersMinimum ten persons and maximum no limit.Minimum two persons and maximum fifty persons.
(3) RegistrationIt is compulsory.It is not compulsory in India, but compulsory is Maharashtra.
(4) LiabilityLiability of members is limited upto the extent of unpaid amount on shares held by them.Liability of partners is unlimited, joint and several.
(5) SecrecyIt is not possible to maintain secrecy in a Co-operative Society.It is possible to maintain secrecy to some extent in the firm.
(6) ManagementManaging Committee manages the society according to its bye-laws.All partners are involved in the management of the firm.
(7) StabilityStability is not affected by death, insolvency or lunacy of a member.Stability of a firm is affected by death, insolvency or lunacy of a partner.
(8) Government ControlThere is a lot of government supervision and control.There is minimum government supervision for a partnership firm.
(9) ActCo-operative Societies have to follow Partnership firms are governed by the Indian Co-operative Societies Act, 1912. In Maharashtra, the societies have to follow Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act, 1960.Indian Partnership Act, 1932.
(10) MotiveThe motive is to give maximum services to the peopleThe motive is to earn profits.
(11) Legal StatusA Co-operative Society enjoys an independent legal status, distinct from its members.Partnership firms do not have an independent legal status. Partners and the firm are one and the same.
(12) Transfer of SharesMembers can surrender shares to the society.Partners cannot transfer the shares without the consent of other partners.

5. Answer in brief

Question 1.
State any four features of Sole Trading Concern.
Answer:
(i) Suitable for some Special Business : Sole trading concern is suitable for business where personal attention and individual skill is needed e.g., Beauty parlour, groceries, fashion designing, sweet shops, tailoring, restaurants etc.

(ii) Unlimited Liability : Liability of the sole trader is unlimited. In case business assets are not sufficient to meet business expenses, private property of the sole trader will be used. There is no difference made between private property and business property of sole trader.

(iii) No Sharing of Profits and Risks : A sole trader enjoys all the profits of business. As he is the single owner of business he assumes full responsibility in business. He alone bears all the losses or risks involved in business.

(iv) Business Secrecy : Maximum business secrecy can be maintained in a sole trading concern. A sole trader is responsible only to himself. He need not discuss any matter of business with outsiders. Moreover, there is no legal compulsion for sole trader to publish books of accounts of business.

Question 2.
State any four types of partners.
Answer:
The different types of partners are:
(i) Active or Working Partners : In practice one or two partners take active part in the management. Such partners are called active or working partners. They contribute capital, shares profits or losses, and has unlimited, joint and several liability. They take an active interest in the day to day working of the firm. These partners are also known as ordinary / general / actual partners.

(ii) Dormant or Sleeping Partners : A dormant or sleeping partner is one who contributes capital to the firm. He does not take any active part in the management of the firm. He shares the profits and losses of the firm like any other partner. He voluntarily surrenders the right of management. However, he is liable for the debts of the firm.

(iii) Nominal Partners : A nominal partner is one who does not contribute any capital to the firm. He lends his name to the firm. He is simply obliging his friends by allowing the firm to use his name as a partner. He may or may not be given any share in the profits of the firm. His goodwill is used to attract business. However, he is liable for the debts of the firm.

(iv) Minor as Partner : According to the Indian Contract Act 1872, a person below 18 years is called a minor. But according to the Indian Partnership Act 1932, a minor can be admitted for the benefit of the firm with the consent of all other partners. He has a right to inspect the books of accounts. Minor partner has limited liability and is not liable for losses. He has the option to continue as a full-fledged partner or discontinue as a partner on attaining the age of majority. If he wishes to discontinue, he must give a public notice within 6 months from the age of majority.

Question 3.
Describe any four types of Co-operative Society.
Answer:
Types of Co-operative Society are as follows:
(i) Consumer Co-operative Societies : A consumer co-operative is a business owned by its customers. They purchase in large quantities from wholesalers and supply in small quantities to customers. Goods are provided to buyers at reasonable prices and also provide services to them. Members get a share in the profit. The consumer society is formed to eliminate middlemen from distribution process e.g.-Apana Bazar, Sahakari Bhandar.

(ii) Credit Co-operative Societies : Members pool their savings together with the aim of obtaining loans from their pooled resources for productive purposes and non-productive purposes. They may be established in rural areas by agriculturist or artisans called as a Rural Credit Society. They may be established by salary earners or industrial areas called as Urban Banks, Salary Earners Society or Workers Society.

(iii) Marketing Co-operatives Societies : These co-operatives find better markets for members produce. They also provide credit and other inputs to increase members production levels. They perform marketing functions such as standardising, grading, branding, packing, advertising etc. The proceeds are then distributed among members depending on the quantities sold.

(iv) Co-operative Farming Societies: Farmers voluntarily come together and pool their land. The agricultural operations are carried out jointly. They make use of scientific method of cultivation.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 4.
State any four merits of Joint Hindu Family Firm.
Answer:
Merits of Joint Hindu Family are as follows:
1. Easy Formation : Joint Hindu Family Firm can be easily formed. The formation is simple. Registration is also not compulsory. There is no limit on minimum or maximum members in the business. Family members become co-parceners by birth in the family.

2. Quick Decision : Only the Karta is involved in the decision making process. This helps to take quick decisions in business. If decisions are taken quickly there can be prompt actions.

3. Business Secrecy : Complete business secrecy can be maintained. All decisions are taken by Karta only. Co-parceners cannot even inspect books of accounts. There is no compulsion to publish books of accounts.

4. Co-parceners Liability : The liability of co-parceners is limited. It is to the extent of their share in Joint Family Business. Private property of co-parceners cannot be attached to business property.

Question 5.
State any four demerits of Joint Stock Company.
Answer:
The demerits of Joint Stock Company are as follows:
1. Rigid Formation : The formation of a joint stock company is lengthy, difficult and time consuming. There are many legal formalities for starting business. Promoters have to prepare documents like Articles of Association, Memorandum of Association, etc. A private company has to go through two stages in formation. A public company has to go through four stages in formation.

2. Delay in Decision Making Process : In company form of organization no single individual can make a policy decision. All important decisions are taken by Board of Directors. Decision taking process is time consuming. Business may lose opportunities because of delay in decision making.

3. Lack of Secrecy : The management of companies remain in the hands of many persons. Everything is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors. All important documents are available at registered office for inspection. Thus, there is no secrecy in business matters.

4. Excessive Government Control: A large number of rules are framed for the working of companies. The companies will have to follow rules for internal working. The government tries to regulate the working of the companies because large public money is involved. In case regulations are not complied with, large penalties are involved.

6. Justify the following statements

Question 1.
The Liability of a ‘Sole trader’ is Unlimited.
Answer:

  1. One of the main features of a sole traders is unlimited liability.
  2. If the sole trader becomes insolvent and if his business assets are insufficient to pay off his business debts, he will have to use his private property in order to pay off his creditors.
  3. There is no distinction between business property and private property in case of a sole trading concern.
  4. Thus, liability of a sole trader is unlimited.

Question 2.
Karta is the sole manager of‘Joint Hindu Family Business’.
Answer:

  1. The Karta is the eldest or senior most person in the family business.
  2. Karta has unlimited liability.
  3. He has the entire decision making power and he is not binding on the views of the co-parceners.
  4. Thus, the Karta is the sole manager of Joint Hindu Family business.

Question 3.
The main objective of Co-operative society is to provide services to its members.
Answer:

  1. The Co-operative Society is a voluntary association of persons formed for the purpose of promoting the interest of its members. It is different from all other organizations.
  2. The main objective of a co-operative organization is not to make profit but to give service to its members.
  3. The co-operative society is formed for the welfare of the people.
  4. Co-operative societies are rightly called as service oriented organization. Maximisation of profit is not the aim.
  5. Thus, the main objective of Co-Operative society is to provide services to its members.

Question 4.
A Joint Stock Company can raise huge capital.
Answer:

  1. A Joint Stock Company is an incorporated association.
  2. It has a legal status independent of its members.
  3. A Joint Stock Company has large membership. There is no maximum limit.
  4. Shares are available in the open market.
  5. Large number of investors are interested in buying shares.
  6. Shares are freely transferable and members have limited liability.
  7. Thus, a Joint Stock Company can raise huge capital.
  8. Capital can also be raised by company from financial institutions.

Question 5.
The liability of Co-parceners is limited in ‘Joint Hindu Family Business’.
Answer:

  1. In a Joint Hindu Family Business, there are two types of members – Karta and Co-parceners.
  2. The karta has unlimited liability and he is the only decision making authority. The co-parcerns have limited liability and therefore cannot take part in the management of the firm. They can only share the profit but cannot challenge decisions taken by the Karta.
  3. The liability of co-parceners is limited upto the extent of their share in the Joint Hindu Family Business.
  4. The personal property of co-parceners is not used for payment of the liability of the Joint Hindu Family business.
  5. Thus, the liability of Co-parcerners is limited in ‘Joint Hindu Family Business’.

Question 6.
Sole proprietorship is useful for small business.
Answer:

  1. Sole trading concern is owned by only one person.
  2. He uses his own skill and intelligence for his business.
  3. Sole trader brings capital from his own savings. He may borrow from friends and relatives. However, capital collected is limited.
  4. He alone takes decisions of business. Therefore, managerial ability is also limited.
  5. Because of limited capital and limited managerial ability, it is not possible to expand business beyond a certain limit.
  6. Thus, sole proprietorship is useful for small business where limited capital and less managerial ability is needed.

Question 7.
Co-operative society follows democratic principles.
Answer:

  1. The members of a Co-operative organisation form the general body which manages the co-operatives. This body exercises the power through annual general meetings. They elect their representatives who look after the day to day management which is collectively known as Managing Committee.
  2. ‘One member One vote’ is the principle followed by Co-operative Societies.
  3. All these denote that it follows democratic principles.
  4. Thus, Co-operative society follows democratic principles.

Question 8.
There is separation of ownership and management in Joint Stock Company.
Answer:

  1. The shareholders are the owners of the company. The company is managed by the Board of Directors who are elected representatives of the shareholders.
  2. There is separation of ownership and management because of the following reasons:
    (a) Scattered membership (b) Large membership (c) Disinterested shareholder (d) Heterogenous members (e) Separate legal entity.
  3. Thus, ownership is in the hands of shareholders and the management is with the Board of Directors who are paid employees of the company.

Question 9.
Shares of Private Limited company are not freely transferable.
Answer:

  1. According to the Companies Act, the right to transfer shares is restricted by its articles.
  2. Only a public limited company has right to transfer shares freely.
  3. Thus, shares of Private Limited company are not freely transferable.

Question 10.
All partners are joint owners of Partnership firm.
Answer:

  1. According to the Indian Partnership Act, 1932, all the partners are joint owners of the property of the partnership firm.
  2. No partner can use the property of the firm for his personal interest.
  3. No partner is allowed to take any decision without the consent of all the partners.
  4. No partners can make any secret profit in the business.
  5. Profits and losses are shared among the partners in the profit sharing ratio mentioned in the deed.
  6. Thus all partners are joint owners of Partnership firm.

Question 11.
Active partners take active part in day to day management of partnership firm.
Answer:

  1. Active partner is also called a working partner. He brings in capital and also takes active part in the business of the firm.
  2. He has unlimited liability and shares the profits and losses of the firm. He is also called a managing partner.
  3. Thus, active partners take active part in day to day management of partnership firm.

7. Attempt the following

Question 1.
Explain various types of Co-operative Society.
Answer:
Types of Co-operative Society are as follows:
(i) Consumer Co-operative Societies : A consumer co-operative is a business owned by its customers. They purchase in large quantities from wholesalers and supply in small quantities to customers. Goods are provided to buyers at reasonable prices and also provide services to them. Members get a share in the profit. The consumer society is formed to eliminate middlemen from distribution process e.g.-Apana Bazar, Sahakari Bhandar.

(ii) Credit Co-operative Societies : Members pool their savings together with the aim of obtaining loans from their pooled resources for productive purposes and non-productive purposes. They may be established in rural areas by agriculturist or artisans called as a Rural Credit Society. They may be established by salary earners or industrial areas called as Urban Banks, Salary Earners Society or Workers Society.

(iii) Producer’s Co-operatives : Producer’s Co-operatives are voluntary associations of small producers and artisans who come together to face competition and increase production. These societies are of two types:
(a) Industrial Service Co-operatives : This society supply raw materials, tools and machinery to the members. The producers work independently and sell their industrial output to the co-operative society. The output of members is marketed by the society.

(b) Manufacturing Co-operatives : In this type, producer members are treated as employees of the society and are paid wages for their work. The society provides raw material and equipment to every member. The members produce goods at a common place or in their houses. The society sells the output in the market and its profits is distributed among the members.

(iv) Marketing Co-operatives Societies : These co-operatives find better markets for members produce. They also provide credit and other inputs to increase members production levels. They perform marketing functions such as standardising, grading, branding, packing, advertising etc. The proceeds are then distributed among members depending on the quantities sold.

(v) Co-operative Farming Societies: Farmers voluntarily come together and pool their land. The agricultural operations are carried out jointly. They make use of scientific method of cultivation.

(vi) Housing Co-operative Societies : Housing Co-operatives are owned by residents. The society purchases land and develops it. Houses are constructed for residential purpose on ownership basis. They aim at establishing houses at fair and reasonable rents to members. For construction purposes loans are made available from Governmental or Non-Governmental sources. The society also looks after the maintenance of its buildings.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 2.
Explain the features of Joint Stock Company.
Answer:
The features of Joint Stock Company are as follows:
(i) Common Seal : A company being an artificial person cannot sign on its own. The law requires every company to have a seal and have its name engraved on it. Common seal is a symbol of company’s incorporate existence. As common seal is the signature of the company, it has to be affixed on all important documents of the company. When the seal is used it has to be witnessed by two Directors of the Company. The common seal is under the custody of Company Secretary.

(ii) Registration : The registration of Joint Stock Company is compulsory. All the companies have to be registered under Indian Companies Act, 2013. A private limited company can start its business immediately after getting ‘Incorporation Certificate’ while public limited company has to obtain. “Certificate of Commencement of Business” before it starts business.

(iii) Artificial Legal Person : A company is an artificial person created by law. It has an independent legal status. It has a separate name. It can enter into contracts, buy and sell property in its name. The company is distinct from its members.

(iv) Membership : A company is an association of persons. A private limited company must have atleast two persons and a public limited company must have atleast seven persons. The maximum limit of members for private company is 200. A public company can have unlimited members.

(v) Perpetual Succession : A Joint Stock company enjoys a long and stable life. There is continuity in existence, which means perpetual existence. Life of the company is not affected by life of the shareholders. If a shareholder dies, becomes insolvent or insane, the company will not be closed down. “Members may come and members may go but a company goes on forever”.

(vi) Separation of Ownership and Management: Persons investing in the shares of the company are called as shareholders. They are the owners of the company. They receive a share in the profits of the company called “dividend”. The large number of shareholders cannot manage business. They elect representatives who are collectively called as Board of Directors. They manage business of the Company.

(vii) Registered Office : Registered office of the company is a place where all the important documents of the company are kept e.g., Register of Members, Annual Returns, Minute Books, etc. All correspondence work of the company is done through registered office. The address of the registered office has to be mentioned in the domicile clause of the company.

(viii) Transferability of Shares : Shareholders are the owners of the company. Shares of a public limited company are freely transferable. There is a high degree of liquidity involved in buying shares of the company. Members can buy or sell shares as needed. However, there are restrictions on transferability of shares of a private company.

(ix) Voluntary Association : Any person can purchase shares and become a member of the company. The company is a voluntary association. No difference is made on the basis of religion, caste, creed, etc.

(x) Limited Liability : The liability of shareholders is limited. It depends upon the unpaid amount of shares held by them. Shareholders cannot be held personally liable for the debts of the company.

(xi) Separate Legal Status : The company is created by law. It has a separate legal entity. A company acts independently. The company can take legal action against anybody in its individual capacity.

Question 3.
Describe the features of Co-operative Society.
Answer:
(i) Limited Liability : The liability of members is limited. It depends upon the value of shares purchased by members. Therefore, their personal property is not used for payment of society’s debt.

(ii) Management : Elected representatives of members form the Managing Committee. The Managing Committee works according to bye-laws. Collective decisions are taken after conducting meetings. The organisation is managed on democratic principles.

(iii) Service Motive : The main motive of co-operative organisation is to give service to the people. It is not profit oriented. Utmost importance is given to the welfare of the people. In that sense, a co-operative society differs from other forms of organisation.

(iv) Surplus Profit: Profits are made in the course of business after payment of dividend to shareholders. A percentage of profit is always used for welfare of the people. Bonus is given to employees and as bonus on purchase made by members.

(v) Separate Legal Status : A Co-operative Society is formed according to Co-operative Societies Act, 1912, which gives it independent legal status. It is distinct from its members. Therefore it can enter into contract purchase property, etc. in its name.

(vi) Equal Voting Rights : All the members in a Co-operative Societies have equal voting rights irrespective of number of shares held by them.

(vii) Number of Members : Minimum 10 members are required for the formation of Co-operative Society. There is no limit on maximum number of members.

(viii) Democratic Principle : Democracy is followed in the working of co-operatives. Equality of voting rights is the main principle of the organisation. The principle of ‘One member One vote’ is followed. All members are equal in society.

(ix) Voluntary Association and Open Membership : Co-operative organisation is a voluntary association of individuals. Membership is voluntary. Any person can become a member of the organisation. No difference is made on the basis of language, religion, caste, etc. There is open membership. A person can become a member on his own free will and terminate membership whenever he wants.

(x) Registration : Registration of a Co-operative organisation is compulsory under Co-operative Society’s Act, 1912. Registration is done according to the Act of every state. In Maharashtra, Societies are registered under Maharashtra State Co-operative Societies Act, 1960.

(xi) State Support : Co-operatives receive support from the government. They are under the control and supervision of the State. All of them are registered under the Co-operative Societies Act, 1912. They get a corporate status. They get concessions from government in purchase of land, payment of tax etc. They get legal and financial assistance also.

8. Answer the following

Question 1.
Explain the features of Sole Trading Concern.
Answer:
A sole trading concern is one of the oldest and simplest form of organisation. An individual owns the entire business. The individual is the owner, controller and manager of the firm. Such an individual is called a Sole Trader or Sole Proprietor. This type of business is a one-man show.
(1) According to Prof. J. Hanse, “Sometimes known as one man business, it is a type of business unit where one person is solely responsible for providing the capital, for bearing the risk of the enterprise and for the risk of ownership”.

(2) According to Prof. James Lundy : “The sole proprietorship is an informal type of business owned by one person.” The features of Sole Trading Concern are as follows:
(i) Suitable for some Special Business : Sole trading concern is suitable for business where personal attention and individual skill is needed e.g., Beauty parlour, groceries, fashion designing, sweet shops, tailoring, restaurants etc.

(ii) Unlimited Liability : Liability of the sole trader is unlimited. In case business assets are not sufficient to meet business expenses, private property of the sole trader will be used. There is no difference made between private property and business property of sole trader.

(iii) No Sharing of Profits and Risks : A sole trader enjoys all the profits of business. As he is the single owner of business he assumes full responsibility in business. He alone bears all the losses or risks involved in business.

(iv) Business Secrecy : Maximum business secrecy can be maintained in a sole trading concern. A sole trader is responsible only to himself. He need not discuss any matter of business with outsiders. Moreover, there is no legal compulsion for sole trader to publish books of accounts of business.

(v) Local Market Operations : A sole trader has limited capital and limited managerial skills, which forces him to operates in local are market only.

(vi) Individual Ownership : A sole trader is the single owner of business. He owns all the property and assets of the concern. He brings in the required capital for business. A sole trading concern is a ‘One man show”.

(vii) No separate legal status : Sole trader and his business are considered one and the same in the eyes of . law. Thus, it does not enjoy separate legal status.

(viii) Direct Contacts with Customers and Employees : A sole trader directly deals with customers and employees. A sole trader can pay personal attention to his customers. This helps him to maintain good relations with his customers. He can serve customers according to their likes and dislikes. As there are less number of employees, he can build good relations with them. He can listen to their grievances and try to solve them.

(ix) Self-employment : Such business form is best suitable for self-employment. Instead of being remaining unemployed one can start such business as it requires low capital and has less legal formalities.

(x) Freedom in Selection of Business : A sole trader has freedom to select any type of business. Business selected must be allowed legally. A sole trader can use any method of maintaining books of accounts.

(xi) Minimum Government Regulations : Sole trading concern need not follow any special Act. There are not much legal formalities needed for forming and closing a sole trading concern. Only the general law of the country has to be followed.

Question 2.
Explain different types of Partnership Firms.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I 1
(i) General Partnership : These partnership can be formed under the Indian Partnership Act, 1932, where the liability of all partners are unlimited, joint and several.
General Partnership can be divided into three Kinds:
(a) Partnership at will: Such partnership are formed and continued as per the will of the partners. They are formed for an indefinite period. Any partner can terminate the partnership by giving a notice to the firm. Such firms exists so long as there is mutual trust and co-operation among the partners.

(b) Partnership for a particular period : Such partnerships are formed for a particular period of time. On the completion of the duration, the partnership firm automatically dissolves irrespective of the venture being complete.

(c) Partnership for a venture or particular partnership : Such partnerships are formed for a particular venture or job. It comes to an end on the completion of the venture. For e.g. construction of roads, dams, bridges, buildings, etc.

(ii) Limited Liability Partnership : This kind of partnership is formed under the Limited Liability Partnership Act 2008. There are 2 kinds of partners.

  • Designated Partner : Limited liability partnership is one where there are atleast two partners of which one must be a resident of India.
  • General Partner : In limited liability partnership a apart from the designated partners all other partners have limited liability. They are called general partners.

Question 3.
Explain different types of Partners.
Answer:
The different types of partners are:
(i) Active or Working Partners : In practice one or two partners take active part in the management. Such partners are called active or working partners. They contribute capital, shares profits or losses, and has unlimited, joint and several liability. They take an active interest in the day to day working of the firm. These partners are also known as ordinary / general / actual partners.

(ii) Dormant or Sleeping Partners : A dormant or sleeping partner is one who contributes capital to the firm. He does not take any active part in the management of the firm. He shares the profits and losses of the firm like any other partner. He voluntarily surrenders the right of management. However, he is liable for the debts of the firm.

(iii) Nominal Partners : A nominal partner is one who does not contribute any capital to the firm. He lends his name to the firm. He is simply obliging his friends by allowing the firm to use his name as a partner. He may or may not be given any share in the profits of the firm. His goodwill is used to attract business. However, he is liable for the debts of the firm.

(iv) Minor as Partner : According to the Indian Contract Act 1872, a person below 18 years is called a minor. But according to the Indian Partnership Act 1932, a minor can be admitted for the benefit of the firm with the consent of all other partners. He has a right to inspect the books of accounts. Minor partner has limited liability and is not liable for losses. He has the option to continue as a full-fledged partner or discontinue as a partner on attaining the age of majority. If he wishes to discontinue, he must give a public notice within 6 months from the age of majority.

(v) Partner in Profits only : A partner may clearly state that he will have a share only in the profits of the firm and that he will not share losses. Such a partner is known as “Partner in Profits Only”. He has no rights of management. He may not take active participation in the management of the firm.

(vi) Partner with Limited Liability : A limited partner has limited liability. A partner whose liability depends upon the extent of investment is called a limited partner. He has no right to take part in the day to day work. But such a partnership must have at least one partner having unlimited liability.

(vii) Secret Partner : A person is a partner of the firm and not known to general public is a secret partner. Secret partners have all the features like other partners. He brings capital to the firm and also gets a share in profit. He has unlimited liability. He can take part in the working of the business.

(viii) Sub-Partner : A partner when agrees to share his own profit derived from the firm with third person, it is known as sub-partner. A sub-partner cannot call himself as a partner in the firm.

(ix) Quasi Partner : A retired partner leaving his capital with the firm is called as Quasi Partner. He does not participate in the working of the firm, but share profit of the firm. He is also liable for the debts of the firm.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 4.
Explain the five features of Joint Stock Company.
Answer:
The features of Joint Stock Company are as follows:
(i) Common Seal : A company being an artificial person cannot sign on its own. The law requires every company to have a seal and have its name engraved on it. Common seal is a symbol of company’s incorporate existence. As common seal is the signature of the company, it has to be affixed on all important documents of the company. When the seal is used it has to be witnessed by two Directors of the Company. The common seal is under the custody of Company Secretary.

(ii) Artificial Person : A company is an artificial person created by law. It has an independent legal status. It has a separate name. It can enter into contracts, buy and sell property in its name. The company is distinct from its members.

(iii) Registration: The Registration of Joint Stock Company is compulsory. All companies have to be registered under Indian Companies Act, 2013.

(iv) Membership : A company is an association of persons. A private limited company must have atleast two persons and a public limited company must have atleast seven persons. The maximum limit of members for private company is 200. A public company can have unlimited members.

(v) O wnership and Management: Persons investing in the shares of the company are called as shareholders. They are the owners of the company. They receive a share in the profits of the company called “dividend”. The large number of shareholders cannot manage business. They elect representatives who are collectively called as Board of Directors. They manage business of the Company.

(vi) Limited Liability : The liability of shareholders is limited. It depends upon the unpaid amount of shares held by them. Shareholders cannot be held personally liable for the debts of the company.

Question 5.
Explain the merits of a Co-operative Society.
Answer:
The merits of a Co-operative Society are as follow:
(i) E asy Formation: It is easy to form a Co-operative organisation. Minimum ten members are needed to form the organisation. It does not involve much legal formalities. It is compulsory to register the organisation. However, the procedure for registration is simple and the fees are nominal.

(ii) Tax Concession : Co-operatives always get support of the government. As they play an important role in economic and social development, government gives them concessions in payment of tax.

(iii) Open Membership : Membership of a Co-operative organisation is open to all. A person can become a member by purchasing shares. No difference is made on the basis of language, religion, caste, etc. A person can become a member whenever he wants and terminate membership at his own will. Membership is voluntary.

(iv) Stability : A Co-operative organisation enjoys a long and stable life. The life of the organisation is distinct from the life of its members. If any member dies, becomes insolvent or insane, business is not closed.

(v) Self Financing and Charity : After providing 15% dividend to members, surplus amount is used for self-financing by the Co-operative Societies. Some amount of leftover profit is used for charity, social activities and for the growth of the co-operative society.

(vi) Less O perating Expenses: Cost of operation is low as salary is not paid to members who manage business. Members of Co-operative organisations work on honorary basis. They are not given any remuneration for their services. There are no expenses on advertising and publicity. This helps to increase profit.

(vii) Limited Liability : The liability of members is limited. It depends upon the value of shares purchased by members. Therefore, people are interested in investing in a Co-operative organisation.

(viii) Democratic Management: Democracy is followed in the management of co-operative organisation. All members are equal. The principle of “One member One vote” is followed. Members elect representatives who form the managing committee. They work according to bye-laws. The managing committee looks after day to day administration. Decisions are taken collectively in meetings.

(ix) Supply of Goods at Cheaper Rate : Goods are sold at lesser price through a Co-operative store. This is because the organisation is service – oriented. The store does not make use of services of middlemen and there are no expenses on advertising. So goods are sold at cheap rates.

Question 6.
Explain the demerits of Partnership firm.
Answer:
The demerits of Partnership firm are as follows:
(i) Non-transferability of Interest: In a partnership firm no one partner can transfer his share of interest to another outsider without the consent of all the partners.

(ii) Limited Capital: There is a limitation in raising additional capital for business. The business resources are limited to personal funds of the partners. Borrowing capacity of partners is limited. The maximum number of partners is fifty only. So financial capacity is less.

(iii) Absence of Legal Status : The Indian Partnership Act, 1932 does not give a legal status to a partnership firm. There is no independent legal status. The firm and its partners are one and the same.

(iv) Problem of Continuity : The partnership firm is not a separate legal entity. The firm is dependent oh mutual trust between partners. If a partner dies, becomes insolvent or insane, the firm has to be dissolved compulsorily whether the partners wish or not.

(v) Risk of Implied Authority : A partner works in two capacities. He has a dual role – Principal and Agent. He acts as an agent of the business. He can enter into contract with third party. However, a wrong decision can result in heavy losses, which has to be borne by all partners.

(vi) Limitations on Number of Partners : No partnership can go beyond maximum number prescribed (i.e. 50 members) by Indian Partnership Act. This restriction effects the raising of capital for further expansion.

(vii) Disputes : It is difficult to maintain harmony among partners. They may have different opinions and may not agree on certain matters. Partners may have conflicts if some partners work for self interest. This reduces team spirit and may finally lead to dissolution of the firm.

(viii) Difficulty in Admission of Partner : As consent of all partners is required to take any decision in the partnership firm, it becomes difficult to admit a new partner. This is a disadvantage to the firm as it cannot bring in new talent if the other partners are not agreeing to it.

(ix) Unlimited Liability : The liability of partners is unlimited. There is no difference between business property and personal property of partners. If business assets are not enough to meet business expenses, personal property can be used.

(x) Problem of Secrecy : Partnership firms lack complete business secrecy as some secrets may be disclosed by some partner to the competitor for personal benefit.

Question 7.
Explain the merits of Joint Stock Company.
Answer:
The merits of Joint Stock Company are as follows:
(i) Transferability of Shares : Shares of a public company can be transferred easily and freely. There is a high degree of liquidity in shares. Permission of directors or members need not be taken for buying and selling shares. This helps to attract investors to public company.

(ii) Relief in Taxation : The tax burden in the company is less. Provisions of Income Tax Act says that companies have to pay tax at flat rate. This is less than taxes paid by individuals earning very high income. If company is started in backward areas, the company gets relief in the form of tax holding.

(iii) More Scope for Expansion : The capital raising capacity of the company is high. The company has a lot of funds at its disposal. A part of the profit is also ploughed back for business. This enables growth and expansion of business.

(iv) Public Confidence : Joint Stock Company has to publish books of accounts. Which is audited by CA. Annual reports of the company have to be published. The activities of the Company are regulated by the provision of Companies Act, 2013. Therefore, the company gets public support.

(v) Limited Liability : The liability of shareholders is limited. It is to the extent of unpaid value of shares. Shareholders cannot be liable for the debts of the company. Features of limited liability attract more investors to business.

(vi) Expert Services : Joint Stock Company an appoint experts for managing their huge business operations. They appoint experts like Legal advisors, management experts, auditors, consultants, etc.

(vii) Democratic Management: Management of a company is democratic. Shareholders elect representatives called as Board of Directors. They manage business. Directors are accountable to shareholders. Policy decisions are taken by Directors but have to be approved by shareholders. The shareholders can also remove inefficient Directors.

(viii) Perpetual Succession : Joint Stock Company enjoy long and stable life. Its stability is not affected by death insolvency or retirement, of any of its members.

(ix) Professional Management : Large funds are at the disposal of the companies. Therefore, experts can be appointed in different areas of business. As good salaries can be paid, highly qualified personnel like Cost Accountants, Sales Experts, Market Experts, etc. can be appointed. Even Board of Directors have competent persons who manage business efficiently.

(x) Large Amount of Capital: A company can collect large amount of capital. There is no limit on maximum number of members. Due to features of limited liability, transferability of shares and liquidity, many investors are attracted to become shareholders of the company. Loans are also available to Joint Stock Companies.

Question 8.
Explain the features of partnership firm.
Answer:
The features of partnership firm are as follows:
(i) Lawful Business : Business undertaken by partnership should be lawful. It cannot undertake business forbidden by state. The definition of partnership also does not permit any association like club or charitable institution. Illegal business like smuggling or gambling is not allowed.

(ii) Agreement : Partnership is a result of agreement between partners. There could be a written or oral agreement between partners. A written agreement is preferred so that it can be used as a proof in the court of law if needed.

(iii) Number of Partners : Minimum two members are needed to start a partnership firm. The maximum number of members is 50.

(iv) Dissolution : A Partnership Firm can be dissolved through agreement between partners. If a partner wants, he can dissolve the firm by giving 14 days notice to the firm. The firm can be dissolved if a partner dies, becomes insolvent or insane.

(v) Sharing of Profits and Losses : The purpose of partnership is to earn profit. Its object cannot be a charitable one. Partners have to share profits and losses according to the ratio given in the agreement. If the agreement is silent about the proportion then profit and loss sharing will be equal.

(vi) Termination of Partner : A partner may resign by giving proper notice in writing to the other partners. A partner can also be removed if he has been found doing any fraudulent activities.

(vii) Joint Ownership : Each partner is the joint owner of the property of the firm. All partners are equal owners of business property. No partner can use property for personal use.

(viii) Registration : It is not compulsory as per Indian Partnership Act, 1932. However, in the State of Maharashtra, it has been made compulsory to get register with ‘Registrar of Firms’ of the state.

(ix) Joint Management: All partners have equal rights in managing the firm. Some partners take interest in management of the firm and others voluntarily surrender their management rights. However, all partners are jointly responsible for the management of the firm.

(x) Unlimited Liability : The liability of partners is unlimited joint and several. If assets of business is not sufficient to pay liabilities, personal property of partners can be used. If any one of the partners is declared insolvent, his liability will be borne by the solvent partners.

(xi) Principal and Agent : Each partner works in two capacities – Principal and Agent. A partner acts as principal when within the firm and acts as an agent while dealing with outsider. The partners play a dual role.

(xii) Restriction on Transfer of Interest : A partner cannot transfer or sell his interests in the firm to outsider without the prior consent of all other partners in the firm.

Question 9.
Explain the types of co-operative societies.
Answer:
Types of Co-operative Society are as follows:
(i) Consumer Co-operative Societies : A consumer co-operative is a business owned by its customers. They purchase in large quantities from wholesalers and supply in small quantities to customers. Goods are provided to buyers at reasonable prices and also provide services to them. Members get a share in the profit. The consumer society is formed to eliminate middlemen from distribution process e.g.-Apana Bazar, Sahakari Bhandar.

(ii) Credit Co-operative Societies : Members pool their savings together with the aim of obtaining loans from their pooled resources for productive purposes and non-productive purposes. They may be established in rural areas by agriculturist or artisans called as a Rural Credit Society. They may be established by salary earners or industrial areas called as Urban Banks, Salary Earners Society or Workers Society.

(iii) Producer’s Co-operatives : Producer’s Co-operatives are voluntary associations of small producers and artisans who come together to face competition and increase production. These societies are of two types:
(a) Industrial Service Co-operatives : This society supply raw materials, tools and machinery to the members. The producers work independently and sell their industrial output to the co-operative society. The output of members is marketed by the society.

(b) Manufacturing Co-operatives : In this type, producer members are treated as employees of the society and are paid wages for their work. The society provides raw material and equipment to every member. The members produce goods at a common place or in their houses. The society sells the output in the market and its profits is distributed among the members.

(iv) Marketing Co-operatives Societies : These co-operatives find better markets for members produce. They also provide credit and other inputs to increase members production levels. They perform marketing functions such as standardising, grading, branding, packing, advertising etc. The proceeds are then distributed among members depending on the quantities sold.

(v) Co-operative Farming Societies: Farmers voluntarily come together and pool their land. The agricultural operations are carried out jointly. They make use of scientific method of cultivation.

(vi) Housing Co-operative Societies : Housing Co-operatives are owned by residents. The society purchases land and develops it. Houses are constructed for residential purpose on ownership basis. They aim at establishing houses at fair and reasonable rents to members. For construction purposes loans are made available from Governmental or Non-Governmental sources. The society also looks after the maintenance of its buildings.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Forms of Business Organisation – I

Question 10.
Explain the demerits of Joint Stock Company.
Answer:
The demerits of Joint Stock Company are as follows:
1. Rigid Formation : The formation of a joint stock company is lengthy, difficult and time consuming. There are many legal formalities for starting business. Promoters have to prepare documents like Articles of Association, Memorandum of Association, etc. A private company has to go through two stages in formation. A public company has to go through four stages in formation.

2. Delay in Decision Making Process : In company form of organization no single individual can make a policy decision. All important decisions are taken by Board of Directors. Decision taking process is time consuming. Business may lose opportunities because of delay in decision making.

3. Lack of Secrecy : The management of companies remain in the hands of many persons. Everything is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors. All important documents are available at registered office for inspection. Thus, there is no secrecy in business matters.

4. Excessive Government Control: A large number of rules are framed for the working of companies. The companies will have to follow rules for internal working. The government tries to regulate the working of the companies because large public money is involved. In case regulations are not complied with, large penalties are involved.

5. High Cost of Management : The management of joint stock company form of organization is costly. Services of experts like share brokers, underwriters, solicitors, bankers is needed which is costly. Highly qualified staff is needed. They are paid good salaries. Dissolution of the firm is also costly.

6. Reckless Speculation: Directors look after management of the company. They have full information about the progress of the company. They use these details for speculation in shares. This results in fluctuations in share prices. This affects public confidence.

7. No Personal Contact : There are large number of employees in the organization. There is no personal contact of owners and managers with employees. Lack of appreciation demotivates employees. Similarly, managers and directors are not able to maintain personal contacts with their customers. Thus, customers likes and dislikes are ignored.

8. No Direct Effort Reward Relationship : Joint Stock Company is owned by shareholders and managed – by Board of Directors. Board of Directors are paid for managing and profit is shared by shareholders. There is no direct relation between efforts and rewards. Directors may not take a lot of interest in the working of the company.

OCM Class 11 Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

11th OCM Chapter 3 Exercise Small Scale Industry and Business Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Small Scale Industry and Business 11th OCM Chapter 3 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 11th Textbook Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 OCM Chapter 3 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the Correct option and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
The problem of ……………….. is becoming more serious in India.
(a) employment
(b) unemployment
(c) pollution
Answer:
(b) unemployment

Question 2.
India is ………………… abundant country.
(a) labour
(b) money
(c) material
Answer:
(a) labour

Question 3.
…………….. cost of power acquisition, frequent power cuts, irregular supply of power affect the productivity of SSI.
(a) Higher
(b) Lower
(c) Average
Answer:
(a) Higher

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business

Question 4.
Before setting up business, it is essential to study prevailing ………………. environment.
(a) business
(b) natural
(c) political
Answer:
(a) business

Question 5.
Small Scale Business are ………………… intensive.
(a) money
(b) power
(c) labour
Answer:
(c) labour

Question 6.
Occurring obscured idea in mind of entrepreneur is ……………….. stage of establishing business.
(a) first
(b) second
(c) third
Answer:
(a) first

Question 7.
Small scale industries contribute nearly ……………….. to the industrial exports of the country.
(a) 40%
(b) 60%
(c) 20%
Answer:
(a) 40%

1. (B) Match the pairs

Group AGroup B
(a) Micro Manufacturing Sector(1) Handloom
(b) Traditional Small Scale business(2) Unskilled
(c) Registration(3) Does not exceed Rs. 25 lakhs
(d) Labour(4) 40% of exports of India
(e) Bicycle Parts(5) Does not exceed Rs. 1 lakhs
(6) DIC
(7) Marketing Problem
(8) Modern Small Scale business
(9) Project Appraisal
(10) Cost-efficiency

Answer:

Group AGroup B
(a) Micro Manufacturing Sector(3) Does not exceed Rs. 25 lakhs
(b) Traditional Small Scale business(1) Handloom
(c) Registration(6) DIC
(d) Labour(2) Unskilled
(e) Bicycle Parts(8) Modern Small Scale business

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term

Question 1.
A sector which is back bone of rural India.
Answer:
Small Scale Sector

Question 2.
An industry using power with less than 50 employees.
Answer:
Small Scale Industry

1. (D) State True or False

Question 1.
Small Scale industries should be developed in order to maintain, economic balance in a country.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Majority Small Scale Industry uses advanced technology.
Answer:
False

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business

Question 3.
Small business easily get access to low interest rates.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
Small business cannot survive in the competition.
Answer:
True

1. (E) Find the odd one

Question 1.
Coir, Handicraft, Spare Parts, Hand-loom
Answer:
Spare Parts

Question 2.
Bicycle Parts, Sericulture, Electronic Appliances, Sewing Machine
Answer:
Sericulture

1. (F) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
…………….. industries plays an important role in developing countries.
Answer:
Small Scale

Question 2.
SSI is …………….. largest industry which creates huge employment opportunities.
Answer:
second

Question 3.
SSI enjoys the advantage of ……………… cost of the produce.
Answer:
low

Question 4.
SSI are ……………… intensive.
Answer:
labour

Question 5.
SSI requires ………………….. capital as compared to large scale industries.
Answer:
less

Question 6.
SSI produces consumer goods as well as …………………. components.
Answer:
industrial

1. (G) Select the correct option

(Small Manufacturing Sector, Micro Manufacturing Sector, Micro Services Sector, Medium Manufacturing Sector, Small Services Sector)

Group AGroup B
(1) More than Rs 25 lakhs but does not exceed Rs 5 Crores—————-
(2) —————-Does not exceed Rs 25 lakhs
(3) More than Rs 5 crores but does not exceed Rs 10 crores—————
(4) —————-Does not exceed Rs 10 lakhs
(5) More than Rs 10 lakhs but does not exceed Rs 2 crores—————-

Answer:

Group AGroup B
(1) More than Rs 25 lakhs but does not exceed Rs 5 CroresSmall Manufacturing sector
(2) Micro Manufacturing sectorDoes not exceed Rs 25 lakhs
(3) More than Rs 5 crores but does not exceed Rs 10 croresMedium Manufacturing sector
(4) Micro Services SectorDoes not exceed Rs 10 lakhs
(5) More than Rs 10 lakhs but does not exceed Rs 2 croresSmall Services Sector

1. (H) Answer in one sentences

Question 1.
What is SSI?
Answer:
Traditionally the industries in India which are organised on a Small Scale and produces goods with the help of machines, labour and power are considered as Small Scale Industries.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business

Question 2.
State the example of Traditional Small Scale Industry.
Answer:
Hand-loom, Handicraft, Coir, Sericulture, Khadi and Village Industries are the examples of Traditional Small Scale Industries.

Question 3.
Give examples of Modern Small Scale Industry.
Answer:
Bicycle Parts, Sewing Machines, Blades, Razors, Electric Appliances, Spare Parts are examples of Modern Small Scale Industries.

1. (I) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
The problem of employment has been becoming more serious in India.
Answer:
The problem of unemployment has been becoming more serious in India.

Question 2.
India is material abundant country.
Answer:
India is labour abundant country.

Question 3.
Small scale Industry uses advanced technology.
Answer:
Small scale Industry uses outdated technology.

Question 4.
SSI begin with large amount of capital.
Answer:
SSI begin with small amount of capital.

Question 5.
Business proposal is the first step in setting up of a small scale business.
Answer:
Decision of Business area is the first step in setting up of a small scale business.

1. (J) Arrange in proper order.

(a) Selection of a place
(b) Selection of a product
(c) Business proposal
(d) Selection of technology
Answer:
(a) Selection of a product
(b) Selection of a place
(c) Selection of technology
(d) Business proposal

2. Explain the following terms/concepts.

Question 1.
Small Scale Industry.
Answer:
Any Industrial Unit is regarded as Small Scale Industry, if the following condition is satisfied.
“Investment in fixed assets like plant and equipment either held on ownership terms or on lease or hire purchase should not be more than Rupees one crore. However, the unit in no way can be owned or controlled or auxiliary for any other industrial unit.”

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business

Question 2.
Service Sector.
Answer:
According to MSMED on the basis of investment Micro Service Sector ‘does not exceed Rs 10 lakhs’, Small Service Sector, ‘more than 10 lakhs but does not exceed 2 crores’ and Medium Service Sector ‘more than Rs 2 crores but does not exceed Rs 5 crores’.

Question 3.
Micro Small Scale Business.
Answer:
Micro small scale business is classified as Manufacturing sector and Services Sector. According to MSMED, Micro Manufacturing sector does not exceed Rs 25 lakhs and Micro Services sector does not exceed Rs 10 lakhs.

Question 4.
Traditional Industrial Sector.
Answer:
Small Scale Industries are further classified as Traditional Small Scale Industries and Modern Small Scale Industries. Handloom, Handicraft, Coir, Sericulture, Khadi and Village Industries are the examples of traditional SSI Industries.

Question 5.
Modern Industrial Sector.
Answer:
Small Scale Industries are further classified as Traditional Small Scale Industries and Modern Small Scale Industries. Bicycle Parts, Sewing Machines, Blades, Razors, Electric Appliances, Spare Parts are the examples of Modern Small Scale Industries.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion.

1. Mr. Ram wants to start Small Scale business of manufacturing parts of bicycle or machinery.

Question 1.
Identify the first step or stage of setting up his Small Scale business.
Answer:
Ram has to first decide whether the setup will be corporation, proprietorship or partnership. He has to identify his strength and weaknesses which can help him to decide what type of business would be most suitable. He has to study the amount of capital requirement needed to start his business. Once he gets the idea of total capital requirement he can decide what type of business to start.

Question 2.
State the different ways of raising the capital for his business.
Answer:
If Ram decides to start as proprietorship than he has to raise all the capital by himself. He can get it from his own savings or borrow money form bank, financial institutions. He can also study the different government schemes and raise capital through those schemes.

If Ram decides to start partnership firm than he will have to find a person who is ready to invest in his partnership firm as well as he has knowledge about manufacturing parts of bicycle. They can raise capital by investing their savings, borrowing through financial institutions and friends. They can also take help from various government schemes and institutions set-up to help SSI.

If Ram decides to start corporation i.e. Pvt. Ltd. Company than he can raise capital by issuing equity shares privately. He has to sell the shares to his friends and relatives. He can also study of various government schemes and raise capital through those schemes. Ram can also borrow money from bank, financial institutes, etc. He can also accept deposits from public in the further stage of his business.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business

Question 3.
‘Marketing is a necessary step of running a business.’ Comment on it.
Answer:
Goods are ultimately manufactured for consumers. There is competition among many manufacturers and traders to sale goods in the market.
Without selling the goods, manufacturer cannot earn profit. Profit is main motto of business.

To sale goods in market, advertising and publicity is required. To make your brand image in market, advertising with quality of goods is required. Branded goods are easily sold in the market. Marketing can be done through many ways like TV, Radio, Bill Boards, Internet, Websites, Salesman, etc.
Thus, marketing is a necessary step of running a business.

4. Answer in brief.

Question 1.
State any four points of importance of Small Scale Industry/Business.
Answer:
Importance of Small Scale Industry:
Job Opportunities
Regional Balance
Maximum use of Natural Resources
Reduces Migration

1. Job Opportunities : SSI is second largest industry which creates huge employment opportunities, because it can be operated with minimum amount of capital. SSI can be run with basic and potential skills. This is a boost for a labour surplus country like India.

2. Regional Balance : In India, all regions are not developed due to lack of industrialization. SSI can be setup with minimum amount of capital. Small industries manufactures product using simple technologies, local available resources, material and labour. Thus, they contribute significantly to the balanced development of the country.

3. Maximum use of Natural Resources : Small scale industries are labour intensive. They utilize available natural resources and raw materials from local areas. Such use of local natural resources minimizes the cost of production which result into reasonable price of goods.

4. Reduces Migration : Small Scale industries can create a large number of employment in rural area. SSI is also a best example of self-employment. Therefore, migration of people from rural to urban can be reduced or minimized.

Question 2.
Write any four advantages of Small Scale Industry.
Answer:
Advantages of Small Scale Industries:
1. Large Employment
2. Less Capital Requirement
3. Contribution to Export
4. Opportunities for Entrepreneurship

1. Large Employment: Small Scale Industries has huge potential to create employment opportunities. They are labour intensive and use more labour than other factors of production. Their gestation period is also low and can provide employment opportunities to large number of people.

2. Less Capital Requirement : SSI requires less capital as compared to large scale industries. SSI can be started by small entrepreneurs with limited capital resources.

3. Contribution to Export : Nearly 40% of the industrial exports are contributed by SSI. Product such as hosiery, knitwear, gems and jewellery, handicraft, coir products, woolen garments, processed food, chemical and allied products and a large number of engineering goods contribute substantially to India’s exports. Products produced by SSI are used in the manufacturing of products by large scale industries which are exported. It contributes directly and indirectly to exports and helps to earn valuable foreign exchange.

4. Opportunities for Entrepreneurship : Small Scale Industries provide opportunities for entrepreneurs with limited capital as it requires less capital and lower investment in technology and machines as compared to large scale enterprises. Therefore, small entrepreneurs can start small scale industries easily.

Question 3.
State any four challenges before Small Scale Industries.
Answer:
Challenges before Small scale industries:

  1. Inadequate Finance
  2. Problem of Raw Material
  3. Labour Problem
  4. Marketing Problem

1. Inadequate Finance : SSI generally begins with a small amount of capital. Many of the units in the small sector raise funds from capital market. These units frequently suffer from lack of adequate working capital.

2. Problem of Raw Material : Another major problem of Small Scale Industries is inadequate supply of raw materials. Due to that SSI have to compromise on the quantity and quality of raw material, or pay more, price for good quality of raw material.

3. Labour Problem : Small industries generally appoint unskilled and semi skilled worker on daily wages, This creates the problem of low labour productivity, higher absenteeism and poor job commitment. The wages are low due to financial limitations. This leads to labour dissatisfaction and increase the problem of labour turnover. Improper shifts and lack of job security makes employment in small industries unattractive and the talented work force does not opt for such job.

4. Marketing Problem : Marketing is a weaker part of small industries. SSI have to depend excessively on middlemen who at times exploit them by paying low prices and delayed payments. Further, direct marketing may not be feasible for small business firms as they lack the necessary infrastructure.

5. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
Generally Small Scale Industries are sick.
Answer:

  1. There are many problems faced by Small Scale Industries. These problems may be internal problems or external problems.
  2. Internal Problems are like unskilled labour or untrained labour, lack of managerial skills and marketing skills, lack of modernisation, etc.
  3. External problems like shortage of working capital, inadequate loans, delayed payments, shortage of raw material, etc.
  4. According to RBI a sick unit is that which has incurred a cash loss for one year, is likely to continue it for current year as well as following year.
  5. Thus, mainly due to financial problem, industrial units are unable to sustain themselves and are called as sick units.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business

Question 2.
Small Scale Industry require less amount of capital.
Answer:

  1. The production of Small Scale Industries is less.
  2. General unskilled labours are employed.
  3. As production is less raw material requirement is also less.
  4. In a place like India, where capital formation is low, small business is suitable.
  5. Due to small in size, such form of business can easily adapt to changing atmosphere. This promotes flexibility. It can easily change their working style without much loss as compared to large businesses.
  6. Thus, SSI requires less amount of capital.

Question 3.
Small Scale Industries have problems.
Answer:
Small scale industries have to face many problems:

  1. Lack of Adequate Finance : Due to small scale of production and sale, Banks and Financial Institutions are afraid to give loans.
  2. Problem of Raw material : Due to inadequate finance they cannot purchase raw material at a time. Thus, the cost of raw material increases.
  3. Labour Problem : Due to inadequate finance, they cannot employ skilled labour which affects the production.
  4. Marketing Problem: The goods manufactured if not marketed properly can be risky as it will affect the sales,
  5. Problem of Transport: Transportation cost increases the cost of the product which hampers the sale as large scale industries cost may be less.
  6. Sickness : Due to financial problem industrial units are unable to sustain themselves and finally turn to sick units.
  7. Thus, Small Scale Industries have problems

6. Attempt the following.

Question 1.
Explain the meaning of Small Scale Industries.
Answer:
Small Scale Industries are those industries where fixed assets i.e. plant and machinery which is owned or hired or taken on lease basis, does not exceed more than one crore.

MSMED has classified Small Scale Industries into Manufacturing sector and Services sector, and further into three categories of business i.e. Micro business, Small business and Medium business.
Subsequently over a period of time, a new definition was introduced by MSMED Act, 2006 (Micro Small and Medium Enterprises Development) is as follows
(A) Manufacturing Enterprises:

  1. A micro enterprise, where the investment in plant and machinery is less than Rs 25 lakh.
  2. A small enterprise, where the investment is more than Rs 25 lakh but less than Rs 5 crore.
  3. A medium enterprise, where the investment in plant and machinery is more than Rs 5 crore but less than Rs 10 crore.

(B) Service Enterprises:

  1. A micro enterprise, where the investment in equipment is less than Rs 10 lakh.
  2. A small enterprise, where the investment in equipment is more than Rs 10 lakh but less than Rs 2 crores.
  3. A mediuiri enterprise where the investment in equipment is more than Rs 2 crore but less than Rs 5 crores.
  4. An industrial unit can be categorised as small business if it fulfills the above capital investment criteria.

Question 2.
State importance of small business.
Answer:
Following are the importance of Small Business:
(i) Supply of Raw Materials to Large Industries : Finished goods of Small Scale Industries is raw material – for large scale industries. E.g., head lights supplied to automobile industries. Small Scale Industries supply raw materials to large scale industries and they get easy market available to their product.

(ii) Balanced Development between Rural and Urban Areas : With the help of locally available raw materials and labour, more and more Small Scale Business can be started in rural areas. This helps to reduced regional imbalance between urban and rural areas.

(iii) Opportunities to Young Generation : Young generations by using their creative skills make product unique in the market. Small scale business gives an opportunity to youngster to show their creativity and abilities to prove themselves and achieve success in development.

(iv) Large Employment : India is second largest populated country after China, which faced problem of unskilled and semi skilled labour. Small Scale Industries operate with more labour and less capital, which can accommodate more man power to solve employment problem.

(v) Utilisation of Domestic Resources : Small farmers can start their own unit of small industry by using locally available raw materials. He can get self employment and involve his family members too.

Question 3.
Explain in brief the impact of capital, on Small Scale industries.
Answer:
Major problem faced by small scale industries is insufficient capital, which creates following difficulties with them.
(i) Borrowings of Capital from Landlords and Money Lenders : Nationalised and Co-operative banks are not ready to finance Small Scale Industries without security. Thus, they are forced to borrow from money lenders, where they have to pay very high rate of interest.

(ii) Storage of Raw material: Small Scale Industries are agro based. Raw material is available seasonally. To stock goods they required huge finance. Due to lack of finance, they run industry only in seasons.

(iii) Lack of Skilled Labour : Only unskilled and semi skilled labourer are available. Small Scale Industries cannot afford labour cost of skilled labourer which affect quality and quantity of production and profitability.

(iv) Outdated technology : Due to insufficient capital, production methods used by SSI are old, which results in poor quality and quantity of output.

(v) Weaker Marketing Skill : In todays world marketing plays an important role. Rural area is facing marketing problem due to lack of facilities and knowledge and they are exploited by middlemen too.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business

Question 4.
State the problem faced by Small Scale industries.
OR
Explain in detail the challenges faced by Small Scale Industries.
Answer:
Problems faced by Small Scale Industries:
(i) Outdated Technology : Traditional methods of productions are used due to lack of finance and knowledge about latest technology. This results in poor quality of production with low output.

(ii) Problems of Infrastructure: Problems of infrastructure faced by small business are power cuts, improper transport facility, problem like congestions, bottlenecks, strikes, rise in freight charges, inadequate space, bad repair of premises, unsuitable location, high rent, etc. These problems definitely affects smooth working of small business.

(iii) Underutilization of Capacity : Small Scale Industries cannot utilize optimum resources and capacity due to lack of marketing skills, lack of demand, etc. This lead to increase the cost of product and wastage of resources.

(iv) Lack of Capital: Nationalised and Co-operative banks are not ready to provide finance without securities. Owners of Small Scale Industries don’t have any option other than borrowings funds from landlords and money lenders where they have to pay very high rate of interest.

(v) Problem of Skilled Labourers : Mostly unskilled and semi skilled labourers are available to Small Scale Industries as they cannot afford the wages to highly skilled labourer. This affect quality and quantity of output which result in less price for sales.

Question 5.
Explain the role of Small Scale Industries in employment generation.
Answer:
Small Scale Industries play very important role in generation of employment as follows:

  1. Small Scale Industries are Labour Intensive : There is shortage of capital with small scale industries. They are labour intensive. They use more man power than machines, they creates more opportunities for rural employment.
  2. Employment to Unskilled and Semiskilled Labourer : Small Scale Industries are using old and traditional method of production where they need unskilled and semi-skilled labourer.
  3. Employment of Rural Land Less Labourer : Small Scale Industries are set-up in rural areas. They provide employment to local labourers. They have potential to create opportunities to large scale employment to mass population in villages.
  4. Decrease in Migration of Labourers : Migration means movement of labourers from village to city in search of job. Due to increase in small scale industries in village areas migration of labour is reduced. Labourers are getting good employment at their own villages.

7. Answer the following

Question 1.
Explain the challenges before Small business.
Answer:
Small scale business are playing very important role in development of developing countries. They faced following challenges / difficulties:
(i) Problems of Marketing : Small business organizations depend excessively on middlemen who many times exploit them by paying low price and delayed payment. Further direct marketing may not be possible for them as they lack necessary infrastructure. Major marketing problem are lack of advertising, non-branding of products, poor quality, transportation problem, local difficulties, competition, etc.

(ii) Infrastructural Problem : Problems of infrastructure faced by small business are power cuts, improper transport facility, problem like traffic congestions, bottlenecks, strikes, rise in freight charges, inadequate space, bad repair of premises, unsuitable location, high rent, etc. These problems definitely affects smooth working of small business.

(iii) Credit and Finance : Lack of finance is the major problem faced by small business. Artisans or Craftsmen running cottage industry take credits from mahajans or traders who charge large amount of interest from them. For small scale industries, institutional source of finance (e.g. banks) is also available, but the funds allocated to this sector are inadequate.

(iv) Delayed Payment: They face problem of delayed payment by large firms and Government departments.

(v) Sickness Problem: According to RBI a sick unit is that which has incurred a cash loss for one year, is likely to continue it for current year as well as following years and unit has an imbalance in financial structure. Sickness is generally seen in small business industries like cotton, jute, sugar, textile, etc. Internal causes of sickness are lack of skill labour, faulty planning, problem of recovery, etc. External causes of sickness are shortage of capital, inadequate loans, shortage of raw material, etc. However, rehabilitation of sick unit is a costly affair.

(vi) Personal Problems : Personal problems like spending long hours to work and less time with family and the rewards have not been favourable.

(vii) Shortage of Raw Material : Shortage of raw material often take place due to reasons like natural calamities, transport problem, industrial strikes, poor quality of raw material, exploitation done by traders, etc. Traders or agents who supply raw material often exploit the owner by charging higher prices. They also insist on buying finished products at lower rate. Thus, small business owners are subject to double exploitation.

(viii) Outdated Technology : Use of low-grade technical know-how and skills have resulted in low productivity in small business industries. Many units in small business make use of primitive methods of production, this leads to increase in cost of production, whereas productivity is low. Small units often do not care about the changing tastes and fashions of customers.

(ix) Underutilization of Capacity : Small business units cannot utilize optimum resources and capacity due to lack of marketing skills, lack of demand, they work below full capacity, etc. This lead to increase the cost and wastage of resources.

(x) Labour Problem : It includes highly demanding employees, absenteeism, lack of skilled workers and transportation of workers, strikes, high wage rates, inefficiency, etc.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business

Question 2.
Write down the benefits or advantages of small business.
Answer:
Small scale business plays very important role in the economic development of the country.
The following are the benefits or advantages of small business:
(i) Cost Savings : Small scale business used micro production method which results into quality product at low cost of production. Production cost of small business is much more less compared to large scale industries due to low cost of operation.

(ii) Adaptability : Small scale business can change themselves as per the market requirement. They can change product, line of product as per market changes, like fashions, new product, demand, etc.

(iii) Limited Capital : As small business is labour intensive they requires very small amount of capital for plant and equipments.

(iv) Low Gestation Period : To start a new business requires very short period as compared to large scale industries. Small scale business can start production of good in very short period of time and can increase the scale of production.

Labour Intensive : Small business units use less machines and more labours. Absorption of local labour helps to solve problem of absolute poverty and control inequality of income.

(vi) Opportunities to Rural Youth : New generation youth has smart creativity. With available technology and raw materials, rural youth can start their own business unit. Small business unit plays very important role in developing countries.

(vii) Upliftment of Economy : Majority of small scale business used traditional method of productions. Rural craftsman and artisans do have their own talents and skills which they have learnt from their forefathers. Such products are very much demanded in market which results in high income.

(viii) Decentralised Economy : Small scale business prevents concentration of economic power in the few hands. Income is divided equally among large number of people.

(ix) Export Earning : Small business contributes remarkable to country’s export. 40% of India’s exports are contributed by small business like textiles, handicraft, handloom, embroidery, etc.

(x) Regional Balance : There is wide gap between urban and rural India. Small scale business helps to reduce gap between developed and underdeveloped or developing areas.

Question 3.
Explain the process of establishment of Small Scale Industries.
Answer:
In todays world, youth are more attracted towards business opportunities rather than employment.
To start a small scale industries following stages to be followed:
(i) Idea to Setup a Business : This is a first step to start a small scale industry. The prospective entrepreneur with his own capacity decide the sized and type of business like sole proprietorship, partnership or corporation.

(ii) Analysis of Business Surrounding : It is necessary to understand different business surrounding and policies before starting any business. They are competitors, legal, economical, industrial, technological, etc.

(iii) Choice of Product : Entrepreneurs has to decide his sector of production i.e. Manufacturing or Service sector. After doing market survey and understanding advantages and disadvantages one should decide line of product or services.

(iv) Location for Business : Entrepreneur has to select location to start business. It plays very important role in success of business while selecting location many factors are to be taken into consideration like availability of labour, raw materials, power supply, transportation, etc.

(v) Technology Selection : An entrepreneur has to select available and suitable technology for his business. He should select technology he is familiar to use.

(vi) Project Appraisal : It means the study and assessment of a project. One should study the project very carefully from the point of view regards to economy, finance, marketing and profitability.

(vii) Capital Requirement : The entrepreneur has to plan for capital requirement and sources available for capital. It can be self finance, loan from relatives or banks.

(viii) Incorporation / Registration : It is compulsory for every small scale industry to registered with the respective Government Authorities. A printed application form is available with District Industries Centre (DIC). Entrepreneur has to duly filled the information with his signature in the form and submit to DIC.

(ix) Implementation of Resources : After registration of business entrepreneur has to start with production process:

  • Financial Resources : The entrepreneur has to collect finance and make necessary arrangement for capital.
  • Factor Set up : The entrepreneurs has to allocate space for various operations, purchase of machinery and tools and installation of it.
  • Electric power and water supply : The entrepreneur has to calculate total electric power requirement in KW (Kilowatt) and get connection from the authority and supply for water connection.
  • Appointment of staff : Small scale industries are labour, intensive. One has to appoint unskilled and semi-skilled staff as per requirement to start production.

(x) Manufacturing and Selling of Product : After assembling all financial and physical resources goods are manufactured and send to market for sale. Advertising and publicity plays very important role in marketing and selling of product.

(xi) Customer’s Feedback : Customer satisfaction is very important in business. Regular feedback from customers is helping to make qualitative changes in product.

Question 4.
Explain the importance of small business.
Answer:
Following are the importance of Small Business:
(i) Supply of Raw Materials to Large Industries : Finished goods of Small Scale Industries is raw material – for large scale industries. E.g., head lights supplied to automobile industries. Small Scale Industries supply raw materials to large scale industries and they get easy market available to their product.

(ii) Balanced Development between Rural and Urban Areas : With the help of locally available raw materials and labour, more and more Small Scale Business can be started in rural areas. This helps to reduced regional imbalance between urban and rural areas.

(iii) Opportunities to Young Generation : Young generations by using their creative skills make product unique in the market. Small scale business gives an opportunity to youngster to show their creativity and abilities to prove themselves and achieve success in development.

(iv) Large Employment : India is second largest populated country after China, which faced problem of unskilled and semi skilled labour. Small Scale Industries operate with more labour and less capital, which can accommodate more man power to solve employment problem.

(v) Utilisation of Domestic Resources : Small farmers can start their own unit of small industry by using locally available raw materials. He can get self employment and involve his family members too.

Question 5.
It is clear that the absence of capital and raw material is the main reason for the short term sickness. Explain it.
Answer:
Industrial sickness means the industry which has financial losses over period of time. Short term sickness is a temporary phenomenon.
Followings are the main capital and raw material reasons for short term sickness:
Financial / Capital:
(i) Non availability of Finance from Banks : Nationalised and Co-operative banks are not ready to finance SSI as there is less possibility of recovery of loans. Banks demand securities against loans, which is difficult to arrange for the small businessman.

(ii) Loans from Money lenders : As bank finance is difficult to raise, small businessman borrow capital from money lenders who charged very high rate of interest.

(iii) Shortage of Working Capital : Majority of small scale industries are depend on local source of raw material which is seasonal. They have to buy large quantity of raw materials to be used through out the years which needs large finance.

(iv) Unawareness of various Government Schemes : Due to lack of awareness among the owners of SSI about various Government Scheme for capital marketing, subsidies, etc. suffer capital problems.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 3 Small Scale Industry and Business

Raw Material:
(i) Local source of raw material : Majority of small scale industries are depends on local supply of raw materials. Local suppliers of raw materials make artificial scarcity for supply of raw materials which make increase in product cost for the businessman.

(ii) Seasonal supply of raw materials : Small scale industries are using local supply of raw materials. The supply of raw material is seasonal. They don’t have huge capital to stock large quantity of raw materials due to this they have to stop production of goods after season ends and face problem of short term sickness.

(iii) Shortage of raw material : There may be short supply of raw materials due to natural calamities, transport strike, etc. affect the running of small scale industries.

(iv) Poor quality of raw material : There is no grading or standardizing of raw materials supply to small scale industry. This affect product quality and quantity.

OCM Class 11 Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

11th OCM Chapter 2 Exercise Trade Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Trade 11th OCM Chapter 2 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 11th Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Trade Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 OCM Chapter 2 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct option and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
……………. is the link between producer and retailer.
(a) Consumer
(b) Wholesaler
(c) Manufacturer
Answer:
(b) Wholesaler

Question 2.
Price charged by retailers is generally ………………..
(a) higher
(b) lower
(c) fixed
Answer:
(a) higher

Question 3.
A wholesaler invest ……………… capital in the business.
(a) small
(b) large
(c) less
Answer:
(b) large

Question 4.
Retailer is the …………….. link in the chain of distribution.
(a) first
(b) last
(c) second
Answer:
(b) last

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 2 Trade

Question 5.
Retailers supply information to the …………………. through wholesalers.
(a) manufacturer
(b) government
(c) consumers
Answer:
(a) manufacturer

Question 6.
Major items ……………… are chemicals, crude oil and petroleum products, edible oils, electronic goods, gold and silver, pearl and precious stone.
(a) exported by India
(b) not exported by India
(c) imported by India
Answer:
(c) imported by India

Question 7.
For customs clearance the ……………… is prepared by the exporter.
(a) carting order
(b) letter of credit
(c) shipping bill
Answer:
(c) shipping bill

Question 8.
……………… carry goods on their head in basket or containers.
(a) Hawkers
(b) Peddlers
(c) Cheap Jacks
Answer:
(b) Peddlers

Question 9.
………………… open their shops on market days i.e. on fixed days.
(a) Street Traders
(b) Market Traders
(c) Peddlers
Answer:
(b) Market Traders

Question 10.
……………… retailers deal in particular goods.
(a) General Stores
(b) Specialty Shop
(c) Second Hand Good Shops
Answer:
(b) Specialty Shop

Question 11.
………………… is known as self – service store.
(a) Departmental Store
(b) Super Market
(c) Multiple Store
Answer:
(b) Super Market

1. (B) Match the pairs

Question 1.

Group AGroup B
(a) Departmental store(1) Carry goods on heads
(b) Market traders(2) Uniform price
(c) General shops(3) Business on market day
(d) One price shop(4) Most common shop
(e) Peddlers(5) Huge capital
(6) Distribution through branches
(7) Carry goods on carts
(8) Sale used articles
(9) Specialized goods
(10) Authorized dealers

Answer:

Group AGroup B
(a) Departmental store(5) Huge capital
(b) Market traders(3) Business on market day
(c) General shops(4) Most common shop
(d) One price shop(2) Uniform price
(e) Peddlers(1) Carry goods on heads

Question 2.

Group AGroup B
(a) Import trade(1) First step in import
(b) Registration(2) Goods not for own country
(c) Entrepot trade(3) Buying goods from other country
(d) Letter of Credit(4) No restrictions
(e) Large Turnover(5) Selling goods to other country
(6) Credit worthiness of importer
(7) Recovery of dues
(8) Wholesaler
(9) Retailer
(10) Credit worthiness of exporter

Answer:

Group AGroup B
(a) Import trade(3) Buying goods from other country
(b) Registration(1) First step in import
(c) Entrepot trade(2) Goods not for own country
(d) Letter of Credit(7) Recovery of dues
(e) Large Turnover(8) Wholesaler

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term

Question 1.
A person who move daily from place to place to sell goods.
Answer:
Itinerant retailer

Question 2.
The middleman between wholesaler and customer.
Answer:
Retailer

Question 3.
A retail shop which operates through branches.
Answer:
Chain stores

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 2 Trade

Question 4.
A shop where all goods are available at same price.
Answer:
One price shop

Question 5.
A retailer who display his goods on the load.
Answer:
Street traders

Question 6.
An order placed by an importer for the supply of certain goods.
Answer:
Indent

1. (D) State True or False

Question 1.
Wholesaler keeps large stock of goods.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Wholesaler deals in small quantity.
Answer:
False

Question 3.
A retailer has no direct contact with consumers.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
Super market shops offer home delivery facilities to customer.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
Departmental store located out of the city.
Answer:
False

Question 6.
Customers cannot bargain in one price shop.
Answer:
True.

Question 7.
Letter of Credit is required for obtaining export license.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
Buying goods from other country is known as export trade.
Answer:
False

Question 9.
Maintaining high quality is necessary to sustain in export business.
Answer:
True

1. (E) Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Itinerant Retailers
General Stores, Hawkers, Cheap Jacks, Peddlers.
Answer:
General Stores

Question 2.
Large Scale Retailers
Departmental Stores, Chain Stores, Market Trader, One Price Shop.
Answer:
Market Trader

Question 3.
Small Scale Retailers
Specialty Shops, Second hand Goods Shops, Malls, Authorised Dealers.
Answer:
Malls

1. (F) Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
The original form of trade was ……………
Answer:
barter

Question 2.
Trade establishes a link between producers and …………….
Answer:
consumers

Question 3.
The wholesaler provides valuable services to manufacturers and ……………….
Answer:
retailers

Question 4.
The wholesaler purchases a large quantity of goods from the ………………..
Answer:
manufacturers

Question 5.
The wholesaler bears the risk of ……………… and market fluctuations.
Answer:
price

Question 6.
The wholesaler provides financial support to retailers by way of ………………. facility.
Answer:
credit

Question 7.
The retailer is the connecting link between the wholesaler and …………………..
Answer:
consumers

Question 8.
……………… is a large retail organization which mainly sells wide range of food and grocery items on the basis of ‘Self-service’.
Answer:
Super market

Question 9.
……………….. are retail stores owned by a single organization
Answer:
Chain store

Question 10.
The shop where the price of all products or goods are same is known as ……………..
Answer:
One price shop

Question 11.
A modern shopping mall is an ………………. term.
Answer:
American

Question 12.
The Letter of Credit is the safest method of payment in ………………. trade.
Answer:
foreign

1. (G) Select the correct option

Question 1.
Wholesaler deals in (small / large) quantity.
Answer:
Large

Question 2.
Departmental stores are located (in / out of) the city.
Answer:
in

Question 3.
Customer cannot bargain in (General stores / One Price shop).
Answer:
One price shop

Question 4.
Retailer operates in (global / local) market.
Answer:
local

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 2 Trade

Question 5.
Departmental store is a (large / small) scale retail shop.
Answer:
large

Question 6.
Supermarket shop requires (limited / large) capital.
Answer:
large

Question 7.
Chain stores are retail store owned by (many / single) organization.
Answer:
single

Question 8.
The shop where the price of all the product or goods are (different / same) is known as one price shop.
Answer:
same

1. (H) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What do you mean by internal trade?
Answer:
Trade carried on within the geographical boundaries of a country is called internal trade or domestic trade.

Question 2.
Who is known as hawkers?
Answer:
A trader who carries the goods on the back of animals or wheel cart for the purpose of selling is called an hawker.

Question 3.
What is the meaning of Peddlers?
Answer:
Mobile retailer who carry goods on their head or back and move from one place to another for selling are called Peddlers.

Question 4.
What do you mean by fixed shop retailers?
Answer:
Fixed shop retailers are those retailers who have a fixed place for their business.

Question 5.
What do you mean by small scale fixed retailers?
Answer:
Small scale fixed retailers are those who conduct their business operations on a small scale with variety of goods at a fixed place.

Question 6.
What do you mean by large scale fixed retailer?
Answer:
Large scale fixed retailers operate on large scale business at a fixed place.

Question 7.
What is departmental store?
Answer:
A departmental store is a large scale retail organisation situated in a central place in the city. It is divided into a number of small retail shops known as departments, selling different goods under one roof. .

Question 8.
What is meant by supermarket shop?
Answer:
It is a large scale retail organization which sells a wide variety of goods to customers on the basis of self service.

Question 9.
What do you mean by chain store?
Answer:
Chain store is a retail shop owned and controlled by a single organization located in different parts of the city, with a particular kind of goods.

Question 10.
What is one price shop?
Answer:
One price shops are shops where all articles are sold at one standard and fixed price.

Question 11.
What is a mall?
Answer:
A mall is a large enclosed shopping complex comprising of various stores business cinema theaters and restaurants.

1. (I) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences

Question 1.
When the trade activities are conduct between two or more countries, it is called as internal trade.
Answer:
When the trade activities are conduct between two or more countries, it is called as external trade.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 2 Trade

Question 2.
Export trade refers to the purchase of goods and services from foreign country.
Answer:
Import trade refers to the purchase of goods and services from foreign country.

Question 3.
The price charged in departmental stores is comparatively less.
Answer:
The price charged in departmental stores is comparatively high.

Question 4.
Wholesaler requires less capital.
Answer:
Retailer requires less capital.

Question 5.
Tariff rates of various countries affect the internal trade.
Answer:
Tariff rates of various countries affect the external trade.

1. (J) Arrange in proper order

Question 1.
Retailer, Consumer, Producer, Wholesaler.
Answer:
Producer, Wholesaler, Retailer, Consumer.

Question 2.
International Market, Local Market, National Market, State Market.
Answer:
Local Market, State Market, National Market, International Market.

Question 3.
Import Stage, Pre-import Stage, Post-import Stage, Preliminary Stage.
Answer:
Preliminary Stage, Pre-import Stage, Import Stage, Post-import Stage.

2. Explain the following terms /concepts.

Question 1.
Wholesale Trade.
Answer:

  1. When goods are purchased in large quantity from the manufacturers or producers for the purpose of resale to retailers, then it is called as wholesale trade.
  2. The person doing wholesale business is called wholesaler.
  3. Wholesaler acts as a link between manufacturer and retailer.

Question 2.
Retail Trade.
Answer:

  1. When goods are sold in smaller quantities to the final consumers, then it is called as retail trade.
  2. The person doing retail trade is called as retailer.

Question 3.
Foreign Trade.
Answer:

  1. Trade carried on between two or more foreign countries is called foreign trade.
  2. Foreign trade depends as political relations between two countries.
  3. Procedure of foreign trade is complex, difficult and lengthy.
  4. It consists of import trade and export trade.

Question 4.
Letter of Credit.
Answer:

  1. A letter of credit is a guarantee issued by the importers bank that it will honour the payment upto certain amount of export bills to the bank of the exporter.
  2. It is generally demanded by the exporter country.
  3. It gives assurance to exporter country about its payment of goods exported.

Question 5.
One price shop.
Answer:

  1. One price shop are shops where all the articles are sold at one standard and fixed price.
  2. Such shops sells variety of goods of daily use.
  3. Goods at such shops are sold at lower prices.
  4. E.g. of goods sold at such shops are – watches, shampoos, household articles, crockery, etc.

Question 6.
Departmental Store.
Answer:

  1. Departmental store is a large scale retail shop having different departments and sections for different type of goods in the same building.
  2. It sells large variety of goods under one roof.
    E.g. Shopper stop.

Question 7.
General store.
Answer:

  1. General store is a retail shop which deals in a wide variety of goods located in a residential locality.
  2. Such store sells goods of daily needs like food grains, soaps, stationery, medicines, oils, biscuits, etc.
  3. They provide home delivery to their customers.
  4. They buy goods from the wholesalers or directly from the manufacturers.

Question 8.
Mall.
Answer:

  1. A mall is a large enclosed shopping complex having various stores, restaurant, cinema hail and other business.
  2. E.g. Phoenix Mall, Inorbit Mall, etc.
  3. It is an American term in which one or move building from a complex.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion.

1. Sonupant purchases his grocery material every month from nearest Nandulal grocery shop and he purchase wheat, rice and pulses in bulk for whole year from Gorhe and Son’s Market yard.

Question 1.
Who is wholesaler?
Answer:
Gorhe and Son’s Market yard.

Question 2.
Who is retailer?
Answer:
Nandulal grocery shop is the retailer.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 2 Trade

Question 3.
Any one difference between wholesaler and retailer?
Answer:
Goods are sold to retailer for the purpose of sale by wholesaler.
Goods are sold to customer for consumption by the retailer.

2. Anurag is selling goods to Japan. Kavita is buying goods from USA where as Ganesh is buying raw material from South Africa and after processing it sells finished goods to Malaysia.

Question 1.
Who is exporter?
Answer:
Anurag is the exporter.

Question 2.
Who is importer?
Answer:
Kavita is an importer.

Question 3.
What is Entrepot Trade?
Answer:
Enterpot trade is re-exporting of the goods to another country, with or without processing or re-packaging, e.g. Ganesh buying raw materials from South Africa and processing it and selling it to Malaysia.

4. Distinguish between the following

Question 1.
Wholesaler and Retailer.
Answer:

WholesalerRetailer
(1) MeaningA person who conducts the wholesale trade is called as wholesaler.A person who conducts retail trade is called as retailer.
(2) Capital/FinanceWholesaler needs large amount of capitalRetailer needs small amount of capital.
(3) LinkIt is a link between manufacturer and retailer.It is a link between wholesaler and customers.
(4) LocationIt is located in central market of the city.It is located in various local markets in the city.
(5) Profit marginWholesaler works on less profit margin.Retailer works on more profit margin.
(6) Sales of goodsGoods are sold to retailer for the purpose of resale.Goods are sold to final customers for their consumption.
(7) Credit FacilityWholesaler offers credit facility to retailers.Retailer offers credit facility only to his regular customers.
(8) PricesIt sales goods at lower prices to retailers.It sales goods at higher prices to customers.
(9) SpecialisationThey are specialised in one or few line of goods.They are specialised in variety of goods.
(10) WarehousingRequires warehousing facilities as the stock of goods are on large scale.He does not require separate warehousing due to small scale purchasing.
(11) Home DeliveryWholesaler offers delivery of goods to retailers at their shops.Retailer offers home delivery of goods to regular customers.

Question 2.
Itinerant Retailers and Non-Itinerant Retailers (Fixed shop retailers).
Answer:

Itinerant RetailersNon-Itinerant Retailers/ Fixed Shop Retailers
(1) MeaningItinerant retailers are those retailers who do not have a fixed places for their business.Fixed shop retailers are those retailers who have a fixed place for their business.
(2) CapitalIt requires limited capital.It requires higher capital investment.
(3) Stock of GoodsThey keep limited stock of goods.They keep large stock of goods.
(4) Quality of GoodsThey sell low quality goods.They sell quality goods.
(5) Variety of GoodsThey do not offer variety of goods to customers.They offer variety of goods to customers.
(6) PricesPrices of goods is lower due to absence of fixed cost.Prices of goods is higher than itinerant retailers.
(7) Credit FacilityCredit facility is not given to customers.Credit facility is given only to regular customers.
(8) Choice of GoodsCustomers have no scope for choice of goods.Customers have more scope for choice of goods.
(9) Door to Door ServiceThey offer door to door service to their customers.They do not offer door to door services to their customers.
(10) After Sales ServiceThey do not provide after sales service to customers.They provide after sales service to customers.
(11) Types of GoodsIt deals in goods of daily need and more perishable nature.It deals in all types of goods as per the needs of the customers.

Question 3.
General Stores and Specialty Stores.
Answer:

General StoresSpeciality Stores
(1) MeaningIt is a shop which deals in wide variety of goods.It is a shop which deals in specialised products of goods.
(2) LocationIt is located in the residential areas of the city.It is located in busy shopping centers of the city.
(3) PricesPrices of goods are generally low.Prices of goods are generally high.
(4) SalesGoods are sold on cash basis as well as on credit basis.Goods are sold on cash basis only.
(5) Variety of ProductsCustomers have limited choice of goods.Customers have maximum choice in one line of goods.
(6) Types of GoodsGoods sold as per customers day to day need.Specialised goods are sold to customers.
(7) AdvertisementDo not spend much expenses on advertisement.Spend more expenses on advertisement due to specialisation.

Question 4.
Departmental Stores and Chain Stores.
Answer:

Departmental StoresChain Stores
(1) MeaningIt is a large scale retail store having different departments and sections for different type of goods under a same roof.It is a retail shop owned and controlled by a single organization located in different parts of the city.
(2) Variety of GoodsIt deals with large variety of goods.It deals with goods of a particular manufacturer only.
(3) LocationIt is located at central place of city.It is located in the residential area of the city.
(4) Capitalit requires large amount of capital.It requires less amount of capital than Departmental store.
(5) Choice of GoodsIt deals in the variety of goods and offers wide choice to customers.It deals in particular product of goods and offer the wide choice to customers.
(6) Home DeliveryIt provides home delivery to customers.It do not provide home delivery to customers.
(7) OperationOperations of departmental store are rigid in nature.Operation of Chain Stores are flexible in nature.
(8) MottoMotto of departmental store is to attract customers.Motto of Chain Store is to approach the customers.
(9) PriceIt generally charges high price.It charges comparatively less price.
(10) Cost of operatingCost of operating departmental store is high.Cost of operating chain store is low.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 2 Trade

Question 5.
Import Trade and Export Trade
Answer:

Import TradeExport Trade
(1) MeaningIt refers to buying of goods and services from foreign country.It refers to sale of goods and services to foreign country.
(2) Person InvolvedThe person doing import trade is called importer.The person doing export trade is called exporter.
(3) ExampleIndia buying bananas from Sri Lanka.India selling mangoes to Sri Lanka.
(4) Effect as CurrencyIt reduces foreign currency.It increase foreign currency.
(5) StagesIt includes following stages:

(a) Preliminary stage

(b) Pre-shipment stage

(c) Shipment stage

(d) Post-shipment stage

It includes following stage:

(a) Preliminary stage

(b) Pre-import stage

(c) Import stage

(d) Post-import stage.

5. Answer in brief.

Question 1.
State any four feature of one price shop.
Answer:
Features of One Price Shop:

  1. Location: One price shops are located in busy centers of the city such as busy trade centers, near railway stations, bus stops and other crowded places.
  2. Variety of Goods: In one price shop, the customers are given wide scope to make selection of goods of their choice. However, the price is uniform but quality of the goods may be different.
  3. Cash Sales : In this shop goods are sold on cash basis only. No credit facility is given to the customers. So there is no risk of bad debts.
  4. Low Priced Articles: In one price shop, the goods are sold to customers for domestic use at lower prices e.g. stationery, cutlery, toys, plastic goods, etc.
  5. Uniform Prices : All the articles of goods are sold in one price shop at the same price. The customers have no scope for bargain in this shop.
  6. Business Policy: In one price shop, the policy of buying and selling of goods of all the shops are the same one.

Question 2.
State any four features of wholesalers to manufacturers.
Answer:
Services of Wholesalers to Manufacturers:

  1. Provide Finance : Wholesaler provides advance to the manufacturers so they can do bulk production. Manufacturer can maintain continuous flow of production.
  2. Collecting Order and Distribution of Goods : Wholesaler collects small orders of goods from the retailers then he collects the goods from manufacturer and distributes it to retailers.
  3. Goods Sale on Large Scale : Wholesaler sells goods to the retailers on large scale on behalf of manufacturers.
  4. Economy in Production : Large scale of production is made possible because production of goods is done continuously by the manufacturer.
  5. Market Information : Wholesaler provides latest information of market condition to manufacturer. On the basis of this information manufacturer changes his production policies and regulates production activities.
  6. Storage : The wholesaler provides storage facilities for the manufacturers product of goods. This helps them to fill up the time gap between production and consumption of goods.

Question 3.
Write any four services of retailers to consumers.
Answer:
1. Variety of Goods : Retailer keep different brands of goods which helps the customer to choose.

2. After Sales Services : After sales services are given for a particular period, which is known as guarantee period for costly and durable goods such as refrigerators, TV. etc. Such services create confidence in minds of consumers for further purchases.

3. Regular Supply of Goods : Retailer stocks the goods sufficiently which are required by the customers and customers purchases the goods whenever needed.

4. Credit Facilities : Retailers provides credit facility to customer which helps him to grow up sales and also it is convenient for the customers to purchase goods.

5. Home Delivery : Retailer provides home delivery service to the customers which helps him to maintains permanent relationship with the customers.

Question 4.
State any two types of small scale fixed shop retailer.
Answer:
Types of Small Scale Shop Retailers:
(i) General Store Retailer : These shops are found in residential areas and offers shopping convenience to the customers. They deal in wide variety of goods so there is scope for choice. They deal in almost all household articles and goods of daily use. They provide credit facilities and have personal relation with their customers. They have fixed place of business so the customers have faith and confidence in dealing with them.

(ii) Second Hand Goods Dealers : As the name indicates these shops deal in used or old goods and articles. They buy goods from individual and not from manufacturers or wholesalers. They repair or overhaul the items. They display them in their shops. Generally people from poor communities prefer to buy from these shops.

Question 5.
Explain preliminary stage of import procedure.
Answer:
Ist Stage : Preliminary Stage:
(1) Registration : In order to carry out import, the importer has to get himself registered with the authorities given below:

  • Director General Foreign Trade (DGFT) in order to get an Import-Export Certificate Number.
  • The Income Tax department to obtain Permanent Account Number.
  • To carry out GST formalities.

(2) Negotiation or Trade enquiry : The importer must collect information from overseas suppliers regarding the goods he wants to import of a product. It contains details like-

  • Price
  • Delivery schedule,
  • Credit period and
  • Terms and conditions of sale, payment and delivery.

Question 6.
Explain post-shipment stage of export procedure.
Answer:
Post-shipment Stage:

  1. Shipment Advice : On the dispatch of the goods, the exporter sends shipment advice to the importer. Along with it, he also sends the packaging list, commercial invoice and non-negotiable copy of loading.
  2. Presentation of Documents : The necessary documents are presented to the bank for negotiation and realisation of export proceeds.
  3. Realisation of Export incentive : Various incentive like duty drawbacks, refunds of GST if paid, etc. is given to the exporter by the concerned authorities.
  4. Follow up : Exporter has to follow up and find out the buyers reaction on the goods he receives. This concludes the export procedure.

6. Justify the following statements

Question 1.
Wholesaler sells goods in large quantities.
Answer:

  1. Wholesaler buys goods in large quantities from the manufacturer and sells it to the retailers according to their orders.
  2. Thus, wholesaler sells goods in large quantities.

Question 2.
Wholesaler maintains price stability.
Answer:

  1. A wholesaler is both a buyer and a seller.
  2. He is in a position to maintain price stability by balancing supply and demand factors.
  3. By suppling regular goods to the retailer, he solves the risk of shortage and price fluctuation is reduced. Thus, wholesaler maintains price stability.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 2 Trade

Question 3.
Retailer provide home delivery of goods to customers.
Answer:

  1. Retailer is a person who buys goods on smaller quantities.
  2. Retailer provides home delivery of goods to customer at nominal cost or free of cost.
  3. This helps them to improve relations with the customers and maintain permanent relations with the customers.
  4. Thus, retailer provide home delivery of goods to customers.

Question 4.
Wholesaler performs various marketing functions.
Answer:

  1. The wholesaler carries various marketing functions like warehousing, advertisings, sales promotion, etc. on behalf of the manufacturers.
  2. They also perform various marketing functions like assembling, warehousing, transporting, grading, packing, advertising and financing.
  3. These functions help the retailers and a manufacturers as they can concentrate on the production and selling activities.
  4. Thus, wholesaler performs various marketing functions.

Question 5.
Authorized dealer do not have other product of other manufacturers.
Answer:

  1. An authorized dealer only deals with one line of products from one manufacturers.
  2. They do not have products of other manufacturers.
  3. They promote the goods by providing window display, advertising and also having attractive schemes for selling the goods.
  4. Thus, authorized dealer do not have other product of other manufacturers.

Question 6.
General stores are generally situated near residential areas.
Answer:

  1. General stores are found in residential areas and offer shopping convenience to the customers.
  2. They deal in wide variety of goods.
  3. They deal with day to day useful goods.
  4. Thus, general stores are generally situated near residential areas.

Question 7.
Departmental store has centralized management system.
Answer:

  1. Departmental stores are generally established by joint stock companies.
  2. Various departments which look like specialized shops are controlled and managed by single management.
  3. The management of departmental store is centralized.
  4. All departmental store is centralized.
  5. All departments are independent but they are centrally owned managed are controlled.
  6. Thus, departmental store has centralized management system.

Question 8.
Packing plays an important role in selling product in the supermarket.
Answer:

  1. Packing plays an important role in selling products in the supermarket.
  2. Goods are duly packed by giving details of quantity, quality, weight, price, contents, date of manufacturing and date of expiry.
  3. This is helpful in handling the goods and also makes the goods more attractive and durable.
  4. Thus, packing plays an important role in selling product in the supermarket.

Question 9.
Chain store sell a limited range of goods.
Answer:

  1. Each branch of a chain store deals in the same commodity or in the same line of products.
  2. This enables the store to give better guidelines to the customers.
  3. Thus, chain store sell a limited range of goods.

Question 10.
There is no scope for bargaining in one price shop.
Answer:

  1. The goods are priced at one price which is fixed.
  2. There is a fixed and uniform price. ,
  3. The price are fixed in advance, so there is no scope for bargaining.
  4. Thus, there is no scope for bargaining in one price shop.

7. Answer the following

Question 1.
What are the main features of Wholesaler?
Answer:
(A) Meaning:

  1. Wholesalers are those who engage themselves in wholesale trade.
  2. It is concerned with the buying of goods in large quantities from producers and reselling the same in small quantities to the retailers.
  3. Wholesaler is a connecting link between producers on one hand and retailers on the other.

(B) Definitions:
Philip Kotler “wholese,lling includes all activities involved in selling goods or services to those who buy for resale or for business use.

(C) Features of Wholesaler:

  1. The wholesaler generally deals in one or few items of goods.
  2. Wholesaler requires a large amount of capital to be invested in the business.
  3. Wholesaler buys goods from the manufacturer in large scale.
  4. Wholesaler sells the goods to retailers as per their requirement.
  5. Wholesaler has direct contact with manufacturer.
  6. Wholesaler is located in the same area for convenience of the retailer.
  7. Wholesaler acts as a real risk bearer in the process of distribution,
  8. Wholesaler performs various marketing functions.

Question 2.
Explain the services of retailers to wholesalers.
Answer:
Services of Retailers to Wholesalers:

  1. Create demand: Retailers attracts consumers attention towards new products and arrivals in the market through personal salesmanship.
  2. Helps to Distribute : Retailer helps distributing perishable goods which are having short life. He also performs assembling, grading and packing function.
  3. Marketing: Retailers sometimes carry marketing function for the wholesalers i.e. handling transportation, solving shortage problems, advertise goods, etc.
  4. Financing: Wholesaler collects order from customers and take advances from them. Then places order to manufacturer. Retailer collects sales proceeds from customers and passes it to the wholesaler and finally it reaches the manufacturer.
  5. Attracts Consumers : Retailer makes an advertising of goods by displaying in the showroom and thus promote sales. This activity directly helps the wholesaler to sell the product.
  6. Provides Information: Retailer provides information to the wholesaler regarding market and demand of goods by the customers, likes and dislikes of customers, etc.
  7. Connecting Link : Retailer purchases goods from wholesaler and sells it to the customer and thus act as a middleman.
  8. Increase Sales : Retailers help the wholesaler to increase his sales by buying goods from him regularly and at short intervals.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 2 Trade

Question 3.
Explain small scale fixed shop retailers.
Answer:
Small Scale Fixed Shop Retailers:
Small scale fixed retailers usually run their business operations on a small scale and deal in limited fine of goods. Such shops are run by their owners with the help of assistants. These shops are situated in residential areas.

Types of Small Scale Shop Retailers:
(i) General Stores : These shops are found in residential areas and offers shopping convenience to the customers. They deal in wide variety of goods so there is scope for choice. They deal in almost all household articles and goods of daily use. They provide credit facilities and have personal relation with their customers. They have fixed place of business so the customers have faith and confidence in dealing with them.

(ii) Second Hand Goods Shops : As the name indicates these shops deal in used or old goods and articles. They buy goods from individual and not from manufacturers or wholesalers. They repair or overhaul the items. They display them in their shops. Generally people from poor communities prefer to buy from these shops.

(iii) Authorised Dealers : These retailers have an authorized dealership of a particular manufacturer’s goods. They sell of consumers requirement goods like T.V. sets, mobile phones, washing machine, etc.

(iv) Speciality Shops : These retailers deal in particular line of goods. They keep a wide variety of items within the same line of products. They offer goods at reasonable prices. They are popular in cities and towns. They provide wide choice to customers. Normally they carry on business on cash basis.

Question 4.
Explain the services of wholesalers.
Answer:
Wholesaler provides services to:
(A) Manufacturers and (B) Retailers
(A) Services of Wholesalers to Manufacturers:

  1. Finance Assistance : Wholesaler provides advance to the manufacturers, so they can do bulk production. Thus, manufacturer can maintain continuous flow of production.
  2. Collecting Order and Distribution of Goods : Wholesaler collects small orders of goods from the retailers then he collects the goods from manufacturer and distributes it to retailers.
  3. Large Purchase : Wholesaler purchases goods on large scale from the manufacturers and sells it to the retailers on behalf of the manufacturers.
  4. Transportation: Wholesaler sometimes carry the transportation function of manufacturer by himself. So cost and time of manufacturer is saved.
  5. Risk Bearing: He takes a risk of buying goods in big quantity and storing them. This may sometimes lead him to loss.
  6. Provide Market Information : Wholesaler provides latest information of market condition to manufacturer. On the basis of this information manufacturer changes his production policies and regulates production activities.
  7. Marketing Function: Wholesaler carries many marketing functions like warehousing, advertising, sales promotion, etc. on behalf of manufacturer.
  8. Storage : The wholesaler provides storage facilities for the products manufacture by the producers. This helps them to fill up the time gap between production and consumption of goods.

(B) Services of Wholesaler to Retailers:

  1. Financial Support: Wholesaler provides credit facility, discount facility and financial assistance to their retailers.
  2. Market Information : Wholesaler provides market information to retailers as he has link with various manufacturers. This information is very useful to retailers for purchase of goods.
  3. Risk Bearing : Retailer holds limited stock of goods and avoids the risk of spoilage of goods. Retailer get protected from increase or decrease of prices of goods and fluctuation of demand.
  4. Stock of Goods : Wholesaler stores the stock of goods for retailers, then retailer supply these goods to customers as per their demands.
  5. Warehousing and Transport: Wholesaler provides the facility of storing of goods as well as transport facility to retailers. They also do home delivery of goods to retailers.
  6. Regular Supply : Wholesaler assures regular supply of goods to the retailers. Risk of shortage of goods and price fluctuation is reduced.
  7. Sales Promotion : Wholesaler provides promotional facility to the retailer. He advertises on behalf of retailers and this helps the retailers to increase the sales.

Question 5.
Explain the different services of retailers.
Answer:
Retailers provides services to:
(A) Customers and
(B) Wholesaler

(A) Services of Retailers to Customers:
1. Variety of Goods : Retailer keep different brands of goods which helps the customer to choose.

2. After Sales Services : After sales services are given for a particular period, which is known as guarantee period for costly and durable goods such as refrigerators, TV. etc. Such services create confidence in minds of consumers for further purchases.

3. Regular Supply of Goods : Retailer stocks the goods sufficiently which are required by the customers and customers purchases the goods whenever needed.

4. Credit Facilities : Retailers provides credit facility to customer which helps him to grow up sales and also it is convenient for the customers to purchase goods.

5. Home Delivery : Retailer provides home delivery service to the customers which helps him to maintains permanent relationship with the customers.

6. Information : Retailer is a link between manufacturer and consumer. He provides valuable information from the customers to the manufacturer so that he can modify the product as per the likes and dislikes of the customers. Corpplaints regarding defects in goods, improper functioning of the product, constant break down, etc. are passed on to the manufacturers.

7. Local Convenience : Retailers are generally located near residential areas. Hence, customers can buy the goods whenever they require.

8. Improves Standard of Living : Retailers help customers to increase their standard of living by making available all the latest types of goods produced.

9. Sale of Perishable Goods : Perishable goods like milk, meat, fish, vegetables, etc. require quick distribution. Hence, retailer provides this facility as per customers requirement.

(B) Services of Retailers to Wholesaler:

  1. Create demand: Retailers attracts consumers attention towards new products and arrivals in the market through personal salesmanship.
  2. Helps to Distribute : Retailer helps distributing perishable goods which are having short life. He also performs assembling, grading and packing function.
  3. Marketing: Retailers sometimes carry marketing function for the wholesalers i.e. handling transportation, solving shortage problems, advertise goods, etc.
  4. Financing: Wholesaler collects order from customers and take advances from them. Then places order to manufacturer. Retailer collects sales proceeds from customers and passes it to the wholesaler and finally it reaches the manufacturer.
  5. Attracts Consumers : Retailer makes an advertising of goods by displaying in the showroom and thus promote sales. This activity directly helps the wholesaler to sell the product.

Question 6.
Define import trade. Explain its procedure in detail.
Answer:
Import trade refers to buying of goods and services from another country or countries i.e. a foreign country. The procedure of import trade varies from one country to another country depending upon the policy implemented in that country. Import of goods and services is controlled by the government in most of the countries. India follows the following import procedure, which is divided into four stages.

[A] Ist Stage : Preliminary Stage :
(1) Registration : In order to carry out import, the importer has to get himself registered with the authorities given below:

  • Director General Foreign Trade (DGFT) in order to get an Import-Export Certificate Number.
  • The Income Tax department to obtain Permanent Account Number.
  • To carry out GST formalities.

(2) Negotiation or Trade enquiry : The importer must collect information from overseas suppliers regarding the goods he wants to import of a product. It contains details like-

  • Price
  • Delivery schedule,
  • Credit period and
  • Terms and conditions of sale, payment and delivery.

[B] IInd Stage : Pre-import Stage :
(i) Import License / Quota Certificate : The Export Import (EXIM) Policy of our country indicates which goods need license for import and which can be imported freely. For goods that require a license, the importer should get a quota certificate and acquire the license. At the time of importing goods, the IEC number is to be mentioned.

(ii) Foreign Exchange Clearance : The exporter has to be paid in foreign exchange by the importer as he resides in a foreign country. For this the Indian currency has to be exchanged for foreign currency. This is done by Exchange Control Department of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). The importer has to get the foreign exchange sanctioned. For this he applies in a prescribed form to a bank authorised by RBI. After scrutiny of the documents, the necessary foreign exchange is sanctioned.

(iii) Placing an Order : Once the foreign exchange clearance is obtained from RBI the importer places an import order with the exporter for supply of goods. This order contains information on all aspects relating to the goods to be imported. These include quality, quantity, size, grade, price, packing and shipping, ports of shipment, insurance, delivery schedule and modes of payment. This order is called as indent.

(iv) Letter of Credit : If the exporter agrees to a letter of credit, then the importer obtains it from his bank and forwards it to the exporter. It minimises the risk of non-payment for the exporter. At the same time, the importer should arrange for sufficient funds to be paid on delivery of the goods.

(v) Clearing and Forwarding Agent : The importer then appoints C & F agent to look after the various customs formalities and documentation work with respect to import of goods.

(vi) Shipment Advice: Once the goods are loaded on the vessel, the exporter sends a shipment advice to the importer. This document contains details about the goods, invoice number, bill of lading and name of the vessel, the port of export and date of sailing of the vessel. This will help the importer for custom clearance and unloading of goods.

[C] IIIrd Stage : Import Stage:
(1) Receipt of Document : The importer receives the documents sent by the exporter through his bank. They are as follows Bill of Lading, Certificate of Origin, Certificate of Inspection, Packing List, Commercial Invoice, etc.

(ii) Bill of Entry : The clearing and forwarding agents, then prepare a bill of entry. This bill is presented to the dock superintendent for release of goods. The bill of entry has details like number of packages, quality of good and price of goods.

(iii) Delivery Order : For taking delivery of the goods a delivery order is needed. This is obtained from the shipping company by the C & F agent. Once this is received the freight charges are paid and goods are allowed to be unloaded from the ship.

(iv) Customer Clearance : The importer has to present the Bill of Lading, Bill of Entry and Packing List to the customer authority who will certify it and give customs clearance.

[D] IVth stage : Posts Import Stage:
Various duties have to paid in order to take the goods out of port are:

  1. Port Trust Dues : The clearing and forwarding agent has to make the payment of port trust dues.
  2. Customer Duty : Also paid by the clearing and forwarding agent to the custom authorities.
  3. Insurance Premium : Under the FOB (Free of Board) impact, the importer has to make the payment of Insurance Premium.
  4. Payment of Freight: The shipping contract will lay down the amount of freight to be paid and it has to be paid by the importer for getting clearance of goods.
  5. Exporters Payment: The exporter draws a Bill of Exchange on the importer according to the terms and conditions of the contract.
  6. Follow Up : It is the duty of the importer to take a follow up of the goods. If there are any discrepancies in the order or goods it has to be intimated to the exporter. Thus, the procedure of importing goods comes to an end.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 2 Trade

Question 7.
What is export trade? Explain its procedure in detail.
Answer:
Trade between two countries is called International Trade. It can be import or export trade. Export trade refers to selling of goods and services to other country or foreign countries.

Export procedure is as follows:
There are four stages which help in simplify the export procedure.
[A] Preliminary Stage : This is the first stage which includes the following steps.
(1) Registration : The exporter gets himself registered with various authorities in order to conduct export trade like-

  • Director General of Foreign Trade in order to obtain Import Export Certificate Number.
  • Income Tax Authority to obtain Permanent Account Number.
  • Export Promotion Council (EPC) and GST authority.

(2) Appointment of Agent: The exporters are supposed to appoint an agent in the foreign country who will look after the order or book order for the exporter.

[B] Pre-shipment Stage:

  1. Receipt of Order : When the exporter receives an order he has to check the details of the order. He also check the restriction of import in the importer’s country.
  2. Letter of Credit: The exporter has to obtain a letter of credit from the importer, which is used to clear the foreign exchanges and other restrictions.
  3. Pre-shipment Finance : The exporter has to meet his working capital needs and for that he has to obtain the pre-shipment finance from his bankers.
  4. Production of goods : If the exporter is a manufacturer, then he has to produce the goods according to the order placed by the importer, otherwise he has get the necessary goods arranged from his suppliers.
  5. Packaging : Packaging plays a very important role in export business. Goods have to be packed as per the requirement of the importer and it should protect the goods in transit, preserve the quality of goods and carry out promotion of goods.
  6. ECGC Cover (Export Credit and Guarantee Corporation) : In order to protect the goods and cover the credit risks, the exporter must obtain an cover of ECGC. The ECGC covers the risk upto 90%, if the importer fails to make the payment.
  7. GST formalities (Goods and Service Tax): All formalities regarding GST must be complied with by the exporter.
  8. Marine Insurance : For exporting the goods, it is mandatory for the exporter to take a marine insurance policy for the goods exported. This insurance is under CIF (Cost,Insurance and freight) contract.
  9. Clearing and Forwarding Agents (C & F agents): The exporter has to appoint a clearing and forwarding agent to carry out the necessary formalities of customs. They are also called custom house agents.

[C] Shipment Stage:
(i) Processing of Document: The exporter prepares the shipping bill and gets all the documents processed at the customs house as required for the export of good.

(ii) Examination of Goods : The clearing and forwarding agents obtain1 a document called ‘carting order’ from the Port Trust Authorities, which allows the exporter to take the goods inside the dock area.

(iii) Loading of Goods : On examination of the goods, the ‘Customs Examiner’ issues order called ‘Let Export’ order. This is given to the clearing and forwarding agent by the ‘Customers Preventative Officer’ (CPO). The goods are then loaded on the ship and the captain of the ship issue a receipt called the ‘Mates Receipt’. Then the C & F agent obtain the Bill of Lading.

[D] Post-shipment Stage:

  1. Shipment Advice : On the dispatch of the goods, the exporter sends shipment advice to the importer. Along with it, he also sends the packaging list, commercial invoice and non-negotiable copy of loading.
  2. Presentation of Documents : The necessary documents are presented to the bank for negotiation and realisation of export proceeds.
  3. Realisation of Export incentive : Various incentive like duty drawbacks, refunds of GST if paid, etc. is given to the exporter by the concerned authorities.
  4. Follow up : Exporter has to follow up and find out the buyers reaction on the goods he receives. This concludes the export procedure.

OCM Class 11 Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

11th OCM Chapter 1 Exercise Introduction of Commerce and Business Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Introduction of Commerce and Business 11th OCM Chapter 1 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 11th Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 OCM Chapter 1 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct option and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
A Lawyer is ……………..
(a) a professional person
(b) a businessman
(c) an employee
Answer:
(a) a professional person

Question 2.
Raw material is converted into finished product by…………….. industry.
(a) genetic
(b) extractive
(c) manufacturing
Answer:
(c) manufacturing

Question 3.
Actual buying and selling of goods is known as ………………..
(a) profession
(b) trade
(c) industry
Answer:
(b) trade

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 4.
National level code of conduct is prepared for ……………….
(a) professionals
(b) businessmen
(c) employees
Answer:
(a) professionals

Question 5.
Construction of dams is an activity done under ……………….. industry.
(a) primary
(b) secondary
(c) tertiary
Answer:
(b) secondary

Question 6.
The problem of distance is solved by ………………..
(a)bank
(b) transport
(c) warehousing
Answer:
(b) transport

Question 7.
Commerce is a branch of ………………
(a) business
(b) industry
(c) trade
Answer:
(a) business

Question 8.
Return in business is called ………………
(a) fees
(b) salary
(c) profit
Answer:
(c) profit

Question 9.
A business unit depends upon ………………… for selling its output.
(a) industry
(b) society
(c) employees
Answer:
(b) society

Question 10.
Warehousing creates ……………… utility of goods.
(a) place
(b) time
(c) form
Answer:
(b) time

1. (B) Match the pairs

Question 1.

Group AGroup B
(a) Helping disabled person(1) Social objective
(b) Genetic industry(2) Foreign trade
(c) Local Currency(3) Sericulture
(d) Solve social problems(4) Non-economic activity
(e) Employment(5) Internal trade
(6) Mining
(7) Profit
(8) Economic activity
(9) Business
(10) Home trade

Answer:

Group AGroup B
(a) Helping disabled person(4) Non-economic activity
(b) Genetic industry(3) Sericulture
(c) Local Currency(5) Internal trade
(d) Solve social problems(1) Social objective
(e) Employment(8) Economic activity

1. (C) Give one word, phrase or term

Question 1.
A regular activity concerned with production and distribution of goods and services for profits.
Answer:
Business activity

Question 2.
Human activities that are conducted for earning money.
Answer:
Economic activities

Question 3.
Buying and selling of goods against money or money’s worth.
Answer:
Trade

Question 4.
Activities that remove all the difficulties in trade.
Answer:
Auxiliaries to trade

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 5.
The type of industries that creates immovable wealth.
Answer:
Construction industry

Question 6.
Name the business activity which is concerned with production of goods and services.
Answer:
Industry

Question 7.
Name the business activity which is concerned with distribution of goods and services.
Answer:
Commerce

Question 8.
The activity which provides mobility to men and material.
Answer:
Transport

Question 9.
An aid to trade which creates time utility.
Answer:
Warehousing

Question 10.
An occupation by which a person agrees to provide expert services for fees.
Answer:
Profession

1. (D) State True or False

Question 1.
Business is an economic activity.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Every profession is practiced for earning money.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Primary industries are concerned with nature.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Trade includes commerce.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
Warehousing removes difficulty of time.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
Trade includes buying and selling of goods and services.
Answer:
True

Question 7.
Profit leads to increase in overall efficiency of the organisation.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
Plant nursery is an example of extractive industry.
Answer:
False

Question 9.
Industry creates form utility.
Answer:
True

Question 10.
Retailer is the link between manufacturer and wholesaler.
Answer:
False

1. (E) Find the odd one

Question 1.
Agriculture industry, Extractive industry, Genetic industry, Manufacturing industry.
Answer:
Manufacturing industry

Question 2.
Import trade, Export trade, Wholesale trade, Entrepot trade.
Answer:
Wholesale trade

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 3.
Banking, Insurance, Transport, Manufacturing.
Answer:
Manufacturing

Question 4.
Tea, Milk, Coffee, Machinery.
Answer:
Machinery

1. (F) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
Economic activities are those activities which are conducted to ………………
Answer:
earn money

Question 2.
……………… Includes marketing of goods and services.
Answer:
commerce

Question 3.
Business is an ……………….. activity.
Answer:
economic

Question 4.
The basic purpose to is to ………………… earn profit.
Answer:
business

Question 5.
Professional charges …………………… in exchange of expert services.
Answer:
fees

Question 6.
……………… is the person who offers the work.
Answer:
employer

Question 7.
………………. is considered as a reward for assuming several business risks.
Answer:
profit

Question 8.
Industry creates ………………… utility.
Answer:
form

Question 9.
In ………………. trade, goods, are purchased and sold in bulk.
Answer:
wholesale

Question 10.
……………….. is the link between wholesaler arid customer.
Answer:
Retailer

1. (G) Select the correct option

Question 1.
(Export trade, Foreign trade, Wholesaler, Import Trade, Economic objective of business)

Group AGroup B
(i) Trade between different countries—————
(ii) Purchase of goods and services from another country————–
(iii) ————–Selling of goods and services to foreign customer
(iv) ————–Link between producer and retailer
(v) Spending money on Research and Development for development of business——————–

Answer:

Group AGroup B
(i) Trade between different countriesForeign Trade
(ii) Purchase of goods and services from another countryImport Trade
(iii) Export TradeSelling of goods and services to foreign customer
(iv) WholesalerLink between producer and retailer
(v) Spending money on Research and Development for development of businessEconomic objective of business.

1. (H) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What is an economic activity?
Answer:
Activity done for earning money is an economic activity.

Question 2.
What is a non-economic activity?
Answer:
Activities are done to satisfy human wants other than monetary demands.

Question 3.
What do you mean by wholesale trade?
Answer:
Trade conducted on large scale is wholesale trade.

Question 4.
What is the meaning of retail trade?
Answer:
Trade conducted on small scale is retail trade.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 5.
What do you mean by import trade?
Answer:
When the goods or services are bought from other countries, to home country it is called import trade.

Question 6.
What do you mean by export trade?
Answer:
When the goods or services are sold to other countries, form home country it is called export trade.

Question 7.
What is an entrepot trade?
Answer:
Goods brought in the country from one country and sold to some other country, it is called entrepot trade.

Question 8.
What is meant by auxiliaries to trade?
Answer:
Auxiliaries to trade are the services which help the smooth conduct of trade.

Question 9.
What is trade?
Answer:
Buying and selling of goods and services is called trade.

Question 10.
What do you mean by commerce?
Answer:
Commerce is a part of business activity which is concerned with the distribution of goods and services.

Question 11.
What is primary industry?
Answer:
Industry which depends upon nature for production is called primary industry.

Question 12.
What is secondary industry?
Answer:
Industry which depends upon primary industry for production is called secondary industry.

Question 13.
What do you mean by genetic industry?
Answer:
Genetic industry means the industry engaged in reproduction and multiplication of plants.

1. (I) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences

Question 1.
Profession can be transferred to other person.
Answer:
Profession cannot be transferred to other person.

Question 2.
Capital is required for employment.
Answer:
Capital is required for business.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 3.
Industry creates place utility.
Answer:
Transport creates place utility.

Question 4.
Commerce represents supply side of market.
Answer:
Industry represents supply side of market.

Question 5.
The basic purpose of business is to provide services.
Answer:
The basic purpose of business is to make profit.

Question 6.
Business is non-economic activity.
Answer:
Business is an economic activity.

Question 7.
Barter exchange is an exchange with money.
Answer:
Barter exchange is an exchange with goods.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts

Question 1.
Business.
Answer:

  1. Business is one of the economic activities.
  2. Business is done to earn profit.
  3. It is done by individuals or organisations.
  4. Business includes all those activities done for production, processing and distribution of goods.
  5. Business has a risk involved.

Question 2.
Profession.
Answer:

  1. Profession is a part of economic activity.
  2. A person who practices profession is called a professional.
  3. A professional has to acquire particular knowledge under formal education system.
  4. He practices and obtain skill in his profession. E.g. Doctors, Lawyers, Chartered Accountants, Architects etc.
  5. A professional gets fees for his services.

Question 3.
Employment.
Answer:

  1. Employment is an economic activity.
  2. A person works for others to earn his livelihood.
  3. A person who works is called an employee and a person who offers work is an employer.
  4. Employee gets remuneration after certain period which is called salary or wages.

Question 4.
Home Trade.
Answer:

  1. Trade means buying and selling of goods and services.
  2. Trade conducted within the boundaries of the country i.e. buying and selling of goods and services within the country is called home trade or internal trade.
  3. Home trade is divided into two parts; Wholesale trade and retail trade.

Question 5.
Foreign Trade.
Answer:

  1. Buying and selling of goods and services is called trade.
  2. Trade can be conducted within the country or with other countries.
  3. Trade conducted with other countries is called foreign or external trade.
  4. Foreign trade is divided into three parts; they are import, export and entrepot trade.

Question 6.
Economic Activity.
Answer:

  1. Human beings are engaged in various activities throughout the day.
  2. Some activities are done to earn money or livelihood.
  3. These activities are called economic activities.
  4. Economic activities are of three types; they are business, employment and profession.
  5. Because of the economic activities a person can earn for himself and his family.
  6. These activities are required for the survival of a human being.

Question 7.
Non-economic Activity.
Answer:
(i) Human activities are divided into two types – economic and non-economic activities.

(ii) Non-economic activities are those which are conducted by a person to satisfy his non monetary requirements. They include personal, social, cultural, religious activities, etc. E.g. singing, playing games, gardening etc.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion.

1. Jaysukh oil mills produce refined oil. The entire production is purchased by Rupesh Oil Depot, who in turn sells it to various retailers. Mrs. Prachi purchased 2kg oil from Balaji Groceries.

Question 1.
Wholesaler
Answer:
Wholesaler – Rupesh Oil Depot

Question 2.
Retailer
Answer:
Retailer – Balaji Groceries

Question 3.
Consumer
Answer:
Consumer – Mrs. Prachi

2. Mr. Pranav is a tin manufacturer in India. Mr. Jack of England sells goods to M/s Frank Corporation in North America and Mr. Williams of USA buys various goods from Brazil.

Question 1.
Who is the importer?
Answer:
Importer – M/s Frank Corporation in North America, Mr. Williams in USA

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 2.
Who is the manufacturer?
Answer:
Manufacturer – Mr. Pranav

Question 3.
Who is the exporter?
Answer:
Exporter – Mr. Jack

4. Distinguish between the following

Question 1.
Industry and Commerce.
Answer:

IndustryCommerce
(1) MeaningIndustry is engaged in the production of goods and services.Commerce looks after the distribution of goods and services.
(2) LocationIndustries are located in the industrial belts which are usually away from residential areas.Infact there is no particular location of commerce. It gives its services at any location.
(3) UtilityIndustries create form utility.Commerce creates place, time and possession utility.
(4) ResourcesIndustries require mainly machinery, materials and man power for productionCommerce mainly works with the help of man power.
(5) CapitalIndustries require huge capital. It mainly depends upon the size of industry.Activities of commerce comparatively require less capital.
(6) InterdependenceIndustries depend on commerce for the supply of raw materials and carrying finished goods to markets.Commerce cannot function unless supported by the goods provided by the industries.
(7) Conducted byManufacturersTraders or mercantile agents
(8) ClassificationIndustries are divided into Primary, secondary and tertiary types.Commerce is divided into Trade and auxiliaries to trade.
(9) Market ForceIndustries represent supply side of the market.Commerce represents demand side of markets.
(10) StatusIt has primary importance.It has secondary importance.

Question 2.
Business and Commerce.
Answer:

BusinessCommerce
(1) MeaningIt is an economic activity engaged in production and distribution of goods and services.Commerce takes care of distribution of goods and services.
(2) ConceptBusiness is a wider term than business.Commerce is a narrower term than business.
(3) Part ofBusiness is a part of economic activity.Commerce is a part of business.
(4) SkillIndustries require more of technical, managerial and marketing skills.Commerce mainly require managerial and marketing skills.
(5) ClassificationBusiness is classified into two parts industry and commerce.Commerce is divided into two parts trade and auxiliaries to trade.
(6) CapitalIt requires large capital.It requires limited capital.
(7) InvestmentHeavy investment is required.Less investment is required.

Question 3.
Business and Profession.
Answer:

BusinessProfession
(1) MeaningIt is an economic activity where goods and services are produced and distributed.Profession is also an economic activity under which a person uses his knowledge and provide expect services.
(2) NatureA person invests his capital and starts business. He may or may not have proper skill or knowledge.A professional has to take formal training before starting his profession.
(3) Special educationBusiness does not require special formal education though it is advisable.Professional is required to take formal education to practice a profession.
(4) ReturnsA businessman gets profit.A professional gets fees from clients.
(5) RegistrationA businessman need not register with a particular body or association.A professional has to register under the respective body or association eg. A Lawyer has to register himself with the Bar Council of India before carrying out his profession.
(6) Capital requirementMore capital is required to run a business. Capital is brought by a businessman.Comparatively less capital is required to carry out a profession. The required capital is brought by a professional.
(7) Code of conductThere is no specific code of conduct for the businessmen. They are the owners so they may form the code of conduct for their organisation.There is specific code of conduct for a professional. This code is decided by the respective association.
(8) ExamplesManufacturer of textiles, retailer, courier service provider, etc.Doctor, Lawyer, Architect, Chartered Accountant, etc.

Question 4.
Employment and Profession.
Answer:

EmploymentProfession
(1) MeaningBusiness is an economic activity, conducted to earn remuneration.Profession is also an economic activity under which a person uses his knowledge and provide services.
(2) NatureA person works for other person or organisation to get his livelihood.A professional has to take formal training before starting his profession.
(3) Special educationIt depends on the nature of employment. Some type of employment requires a specific type of education. Whereas in some cases any education is acceptable.Professional is required to take formal education to practice a profession.
(4) ReturnsAn employee gets remuneration in the form of wages or salary.A professional gets fees from clients.
(5) RegistrationAn employee does not require registering himself with specific associations.A professional has to register under the respective body or association eg. A Lawyer has to register himself with the Bar Council of India before carrying out his profession.
(6) Capital requirementEmployee need not invest money in the business. He does not require capital.Comparatively less capital is required to carry out a profession. The required capital is brought by a professional.
(7) Code of conductEmployee has to follow the rules and regulations of his organisation.There is specific code of conduct for a professional. This code is decided by the respective association.
(8) DecisionmakingEmployee has no right to take decisions in the organisations unless he is asked.Professional can take his own decisions as he is the owner.
(9) TenureEvery employment has a specific tenure. It means the maximum period for which an employee can remain in the employment is fixed. The employee has to retire after that period.Professional can work throughout his life also.

5. Answer in brief

Question 1.
State any four features of profession.
Answer:
Profession is a part of economic activity. A professional acquires formal knowledge to practice profession. Following are the features of profession:
(i) Qualification : A particular qualification is required to practice a profession. A professional needs to acquire knowledge through formal education. Unless he gets a formal knowledge and training, he cannot practice profession, e.g. A Doctor cannot prescribe medicines without having a degree in medicine.

(ii) R eturns: A professional charges fees for the services rendered to the clients, The fees charged by a professional depends on different factors like his knowledge, experience, skill etc. His income is not fixed.

(iii) Capital : Professional requires capital to set up or run his practice. The amount of capital depends upon the nature of practice a professional wants to do.

(iv) Work Nature : A professional who is expert in a particular field, provides services in his field of expertise, eg. an architect will provide his services in the field of building houses.

Beside the above features, there are other features like-

  1. Aim
  2. Registration and Membership
  3. N on transferability

Question 2.
State any two types of industries.
Answer:
Industries is a part of business. They look after the production of goods and services. Industries creates form utility. There are various types of industries. They can be broadly divided into three categories.
(i) Primary Industry :
These are the industries which depend on nature for their production. They include agriculture, mining, fishing, wood cutting etc. Primary industries are further divided into three types; agriculture industry, extractive industry and genetic industry.

(ii) Secondary Industry :
These are the industries which depend upon primary industries for their production. They mainly categorized as manufacturing industries and construction industries. Secondary industries use the raw materials of primary industries and convert them into finished products which is then sold in the market.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 3.
Give two types of Foreign Trade.
Answer:
Trade with other countries is called foreign trade. Foreign trade is of three types.

  1. Import trade : When the goods or services are purchased from other countries it is called import trade,
  2. Export trade : When the goods are sold to other countries, it is called export trade.
  3. Entrepot trade : It is also called re-exporting. In this case goods are first brought from one country and again resale to other country, e.g. A buyer from India imports goods from France and exports them to Australia.

Question 4.
State any four auxiliaries to trade.
Answer:
Auxiliaries to trade are all those services which help in the smooth conduct of trade. There are different types of services which help trade. They are explained below.
(i) Warehousing: Warehousing helps to store the goods safely. There is a gap between the time of production and the time of consumption. Warehousing fills up this gap by conveniently storing the goods till they are demanded in the market. Warehousing, thus, creates time utility. Care is taken that the goods do not get damaged in the warehouse.

(ii) Advertising : Advertising is an important tool in the hands of a businessman to communicate to potential buyers. In today’s world producer/seller is situated at one place and consumers are spread over wider area. Through advertisement, producer or seller can contact the consumers. There are different mediums of advertisement, e.g. T.V., Radio, Hoardings, Print etc.

(iii) Insurance : Business is exposed to many risks. A businessman has to be careful about the risks. Some risks can be avoided, some can be minimized and some can be transferred. Insurance is an auxiliary which helps the businessman to handle the risk. Businessman can transfer some of the risks to insurance company. Insurance company, by accepting premium from the businessman, assures him to pay compensation in case of loss.

(iv) Transport: Transport is an important auxiliary to trade. Transport carries raw materials and people to place of production and brings finished goods to markets. Thus transport creates place utility. Transport can be conducted by different modes e.g. rail, road, water or air.

Beside the above features, there are other features like-

  1. Banking
  2. Mercantile Agents
  3. Communication

Question 5.
State any four features of employment.
Answer:
Employment is an economic activity. A person works for others to earn his livelihood.
Following are the features of employment:
(i) Aim : The main aim of person accepting employment is to earn money.

(ii) Qualification : Qualifications are required depending upon the nature of employment. Some types of work require educational qualifications, some require some specific skill, some require both. But qualifications are necessary for employment.

(iii) Monetary returns : The person who accepts employments and work for the employer gets remuneration after specific intervals. Remuneration can be wages or salary. Usually wages are paid daily or weekly and salaries are paid monthly.

(iv) Capital: Capital is not required for the person who is in employment.

Question 6.
Write any four objectives of business.
Answer:
Business is done with some objectives. These can be divided as (a) Economic objectives and (b) Social objectives. Following are the Economic Objectives:

  1. Earning Profit: Business is done with the main objective of earning profit. Profit is always a motivating factor for a businessman.
  2. Searching New Customers : To maximize profit a business organisation has to search new customers. It is required to expand the business. It is also important to retain the old customers.
  3. Best possible use of Resources : Making best use of available resources is the objective of business. This ensures avoiding of wastage and saving valuable money. This ultimately leads to increase in profit.
  4. Innovation : One of the important objectives of business is to make innovations for the development of business. Therefore research and development becomes an important part of the working of any business organisation.

Question 7.
State any four features of business.
Answer:
Business is an economic activity which is done to earn profit.
Following are the features of business:
(i) An economic activity : Business is an economic activity. Because it is done to earn profit for livelihood.

(ii) Two parties : Business is mainly concerned with the production and distribution of goods and services. It means business transactions involve exchange and in any exchange two parties are involved. Thus business involves two parties.

(iii) Profit motive: Every business is done with a motive of making profit. Therefore all the activities of business revolve around profit. A businessman is not satisfied with the profit he gets, but he tries to maximize the profit either by increasing the production or by reducing the cost. He tries to find out new customers and new markets.

(iv) Production of Goods and Services : Business includes the production of goods and services. Raw materials are used and the finished goods are produced.

Question 8.
State any two types of primary industry.
Answer:
Primary industries are those industries which depend on nature for production. Primary industries are of three types which are given below.

  1. Agriculture industry: Agriculture includes cultivation of land. It is an important primary sector industry.
  2. Extractive industry : Extractive industry draws out the produce from natural resources like land, river or sea etc. The products extracted are usually in raw form they are converted into finished products and sold in the market.
  3. Genetic industry : Genetic industries are engaged in the reproduction and multiplication of plants and animals e.g. poultry, plant nursery, etc.

6. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
Retailer is in direct contact with ultimate consumers.
Answer:

  1. Retailer in a trader operating in the chain of distribution.
  2. He deals with the ultimate consumer.
  3. Retailer is the last link in the chain of distribution.
  4. Goods flow from the producer to consumer in the following way:
    Producer → Wholesaler → Retailer → Consumer
  5. Thus, retailer comes into direct contact with the ultimate consumer.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 2.
Commerce is a wider term than trade.
Answer:

  1. Commerce is a part of business. Business is divided into two parts; industry and commerce,
  2. Commerce is concerned with the distribution of goods.
  3. Commerce is divided into two parts. One is trade and the other is auxiliaries to trade.
  4. Trade is concerned with buying and selling of goods and services.
  5. Trade is’a part of commerce.
  6. Along with trade, commerce also includes auxiliaries or services to trade.
  7. These services help in the smooth running of trade.
    Thus, it clearly indicates that commerce is a wider term than trade.

Question 3.
Risk is inevitable in business activities.
Answer:

  1. Every business is exposed to various risks. A businessman cannot avoid risks in the business.
  2. These risks include goods remaining unsold due to changes in fashions, risks of losses due to fire or theft, damage to goods during transportation or warehousing, risks of bad debts, etc.
  3. A businessman has to be prepared to handle these risks.
  4. These risks cannot be totally eliminated. But they can be minimized or transferred to insurance company.
  5. A businessman must be ready for the risks as they are inevitable.
  6. Thus, risk is inevitable in business activities.

Question 4.
Combination of import-export trade is entrepot trade.
Answer:

  1. Import, export and entrepot trade are the parts of foreign trade.
  2. When the goods are purchased from other countries it is called import trade.
  3. When the goods are sold to other countries it is called export trade.
  4. A combination of import and export trade is called entrepot trade.
  5. In case of entrepot trade goods are first purchased from one country i.e. imported and then sold to or exported to other country.
  6. E.g. Indian trader purchased some computers from Japan and sold them to Sri Lanka will be included in entrepot trade.
  7. Thus, entrepot trade is a combination of import and export trade.

Question 5.
Transport creates place utility.
Answer:

  1. Transport is one of the important auxiliaries to trade.
  2. Transport brings raw materials and people to the place of production and carries finished products to markets.
  3. There are different modes of transport through it carries goods and people from one place to another. They are rail, road, water and air.
  4. If goods are produced at one place, it may not have demand at that place only.
  5. Transport carries them to other place where they are demanded and create place utility.
  6. Thus, we can say that transport creates place utility.

Question 6.
Industrial activities take place before commerce starts its role.
Answer:

  1. Industry and commerce are the two parts of business.
  2. Both the parts are complimentary to each other.
  3. One cannot function without other.
  4. Industries look after the production of goods and services and commerce takes care of the distribution of the goods produced.
  5. Obviously production of goods comes first and it is followed by distribution or selling of goods.
  6. Thus, industrial activities take place before commerce starts its role.

Question 7.
Available resources should be used to its maximum.
Answer:

  1. Resources are always scarce. The demand for resources is more and the availability of resources is less.
  2. Similarly, resources belong to the society but the businesses use them for production and provide the finished products to the society.
  3. So it is necessary to use the resources carefully.
  4. Wastage of resources should be avoided.
  5. Wherever possible, recycling and reusing the resources should be considered by the businesses.
  6. Thus, whatever resources available should be used to its maximum.

Question 8.
Wholesalers is a link between retailer and manufacturer.
Answer:

  1. Wholesaler and retailer are the important intermediaries in trade.
  2. They help to bring the goods from the manufacturer to ultimate consumer.
  3. Wholesaler is a trader who deals in large quantities i.e. the wholesaler purchases the goods in bulk from the manufacturer and sells it to retailer in small quantities.
  4. Both the wholesalers and retailers are the part of chain of distribution, which is shown below.
    Producer → Wholesaler → Retailer → Consumer
  5. Thus, it is true that wholesaler is the link between the manufacturer and retailer.

Question 9.
Business is a part of economic activities.
Answer:

  1. Economic activities are those activities which are done with the intention of making money.
  2. A person has to earn money for his livelihood.
  3. However all economic activities are not same. They can be conducted mainly in three different ways.
    (a) Employment (b) Profession and (c) Business.
  4. Business is conducted to earn profit.
  5. businessman invests his own capital, takes decisions and carries out business activities.
  6. He also takes risk for carrying business activities.
  7. Thus, a businessman is responsible for the business activities. The profit earned is enjoyed by the businessman. So business is a part of economic activity.

Question 10.
Changing fashions is one of the important causes of business risk.
Answer:

  1. Business is exposed to various kinds of risk.
  2. The risks can be due to the loss of goods by fire or theft, bad debts, changes in government policies, goods remaining unsold etc.
  3. Goods remaining unsold due to changes in fashion, is also an important type of risk in the business.
  4. Due to this risk businessman can suffer loss.
  5. However this risk is there in case of some goods only e.g. clothes, footwear, jewellery, accessories, sun glasses etc.
  6. This risk is not there in case of food grains or vegetables as they are essentials and their demand remains somewhat constant.
  7. Thus, changes in fashion is an important risk in the business.

7. Answer the following questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by commerce ?
Answer:
Commerce involves distribution of goods and services. Commerce is a part of business. Business is divided into two parts. They are (i) industry and (ii) commerce. Industries are concerned with the distribution of goods and commerce does the distribution of those goods in the market. Commerce helps in bringing the goods from the manufacturer to consumer by making uninterrupted flow of goods. Commerce includes main two activities – (i) Trade and (ii) Auxiliaries to trade.
(i) Trade means buying and selling of goods and services. Any buying and selling is included in trade. It can be industrial goods, consumer goods or buying and selling of services, etc.

(ii) Auxiliaries of trade are all those supportive services which help in the smooth conduct of trade. They include transport, banking, insurance, advertising, etc.

Question 2.
What is the meaning of export trade?
Answer:
Trade is divided into two parts, (i) Home trade and (ii) Foreign trade. Home trade is a trade conducted within the country where as foreign trade is trade with other countries. When the goods are purchased from and sold to other countries it is included in foreign trade.

Foreign trade is divided into three parts, (i) Import trade, (ii) Export trade and (iii) Entrepot trade. In case of export trade goods are sold to other countries e.g. A garment trader from India selling his garments to England will be included in export trade. Export trade plays an important role in the economy of any country, It helps a country to get valuable foreign exchange for the country, It also helps to enhance the reputation of the country in the foreign market.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 3.
State the role of auxiliaries to trade in trading activities.
Answer:
Role of auxiliaries to trade:

  1. Auxiliaries to trade are all the services which help trade.
  2. Trade means buying and selling of goods. However buying and selling is not possible unless it is supported by different services which will make the trade easy.
  3. There are different auxiliaries or services which support buying and selling. They are : transport, warehousing, banking, insurance, advertising, etc.
  4. These services help the trader as well as the buyers. They remove the hindrances in the process of distribution and ensure smooth flow of goods from the manufacturer to consumer.
  5. In modern world, the manufacturers and’ consumers stay away from each other. It becomes very difficult for the manufacturer to contact the buyers and sell goods directly to them.
  6. In this regard auxiliaries to trade help in establishing a link between the manufacturer or seller to consumer.

Question 4.
What are the different types of secondary industries?
Answer:
Secondary industries are those which depend upon primary industry for production. Secondary industries take raw materials from primary industries and carry out their production.
Secondary industries are of two types:
(i) Manufacturing industry : These industries are engaged in the manufacturing of various types of goods. They may be consumer goods or industrial goods. These industries convert raw materials into finished products. They make use of men, material and money for production. The examples of these industries include chemical industry, electronics industry, textile industry, paper industry.

(ii) Construction industry : These types of secondary industries are engaged in the construction activities such as dams, bridges, buildings, roads, tunnels etc. In case of other industries the goods are produced at one place but sold at different places. However in case of construction industry the construction takes place at one place only. Thus this industry creates immovable property.

Question 5.
State the types of human activities.
Answer:
There are various activities conducted by a person in a day. These activities can be divided into two parts.
Human Activities:
Economic activities
Non-economic activities

1. Economic activities : These activities are conducted to earn money. A human being requires money for livelihood. Economic activities are divided into three types.

  • Business
  • Profession
  • Employment

Business is done to earn profit. Profession is done by acquiring special knowledge to provide services to people. A professional gets fees for the services rendered. Whereas when a person works for other person or” organisation to earn wage or salary, is called employment.

2. Non-economic activities : Non-economic activities are conducted by the person to satisfy their needs other than financial needs. These activities include cultural, social, religious, sports, health related etc.

Question 6.
Describe the scope of internal trade.
Answer:
Internal trade is a part of trade. It includes buying and selling of goods within the country. Internal trade is further divided into two parts.
(i) Wholesale Trade : Wholesale trade is a trade conducted on large scale. A wholesaler purchases goods in bulk from the manufacturer and sells them to the retailers. Wholesaler forms a large network through which he helps to distribute goods at distant places. Wholesaler is an expert trader in his field. He acts as a link between the manufacturer and the retailer.

(ii) Retail Trade : Retail trade is a trade conducted on small scale. He purchases goods from the wholesalers and sells them to the consumers in required quantities. Retailer comes into direct contact with the consumers. A retailer caters to the needs of consumers by providing them various goods in whatever quantities they want.

Question 7.
How does banking and insurance help trading?
Answer:
Commerce includes trade and auxiliaries to trade. Trade means buying and selling of goods and services. But buying and selling is not possible unless it is supported by the auxiliaries of trade. Thus auxiliaries to trade are the services which help trade. Banking and insurance are two important auxiliaries to trade.
(i) Banking : Banking services help traders in many ways. Branches of banks are spread over wider areas. Traders can open an account in bank and take the advantage of various banking services. Banks offer loans, overdrafts, transfer of money, letter of credit, foreign exchange facilities to the traders.

(ii) Insurance : There are various kinds of risks in the business. A businessman can transfer some risks on the insurance company. Goods can be destroyed by fire, theft or damaged in transportation. The businessman can transfer these risks on the insurance company. He has to pay premium to the insurance company and make a contract with the insurance company. In case of loss, insurance company pays compensation to the trader.

(iii) Thus, the risks cannot be avoided completely but can be minimized by taking insurance policy.

8. Answer the following in details.

Question 1.
Give comparative analysis of business, profession and employment.
Answer:
Business, profession and employment are the part of economic activities. These activities are conducted to earn money. However the nature of all the three activities is different. A comparative analysis of all the three activities is given below:
Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business 1

Question 2.
Define business. Explain its features.
Answer:
Business is a part of economic activities. Business is done to earn profit. It is done by an individual or a group of individuals. Business can be defined in many ways by thinkers. Some of them are given below:
Prof. Haney : “ Business activities are all those activities which are directed towards the production and processing of wealth”.
Prof. Pride, Huges and Kapoor: “The organised efforts of individuals to produce and sell for a profit, the goods and services that satisfy society’s needs”.

The term business also refers to the organised efforts and activities of individuals to produce and sell goods and services for profit.

Following are the features of business:
1. Continuity in Dealings : Continuity is most important in case of any business. Business requires regularity. Business activity should be carried on for a Longer time. A transaction carried on only for one time or few times cannot be called as a business activity, e.g. Sale of own old motor car cannot be considered as a business activity.

2. Uncertain Returns : The returns in any business are not fixed. They are uncertain and fluctuating. The profit of business is not fixed or guaranteed.

3. Risk Element: Business is exposed to many risks. These risks arise out of some unforeseen circumstances or wrong decisions or misjudgements of the businessman. A businessman cannot avoid the risks but he can minimize the risks by taking proper steps. Some risks can be transferred to insurance company.

4. Satisfaction : Customer is an integral part of any business activity. Without a customer there cannot be buying or selling. Businesses need customers to fulfil their monetary objective and therefore customer satisfaction is the most important part of any business activity. Modern thinking on business gives top most priority to customer satisfaction. If the customers are satisfied, there will be more sale and profit to the business.

5. Two Parties : Business includes production and distribution. Every business transaction involves exchange. For carrying out any exchange two parties are required. These two parties are the seller and the buyer. There is an oral or written agreement between the buyer and the seller to buy or sell the goods or services.

6. Economic Activity : Business is an economic activity. The intention of carrying out any business is to earn money. Business is not conducted for satisfying sentimental needs of a person. Business activity is purely monetary.

7. Profit Motive : Business is basically conducted to earn profit. Every businessman tries to get maximum profit out of the business. Profit is required for the businessman to earn the livelihood and also for the survival of the business. It is also required for the expansion of business. Thus profit plays a vital role in business.

8. Production of Goods and Services :: Business has two aspects. One is production of goods and services and distribution of them. Goods are produced by the industries. Providing of services also form an important part of business activities.

9. Exchange of Goods and Services : Goods and services are exchanged for money or money’s worth. It is a business activity as there is a seller and a buyer and they exchange goods or services for a value. In modern days almost all the transactions are carried out with money as a medium of exchange. In case of very few transactions, goods are exchanged for goods.

10. Dealings in Goods and Services : In case of business, goods or services are bought and sold. There cannot be business without the exchange of goods or services. Goods can be consumer goods or industrial goods. Services are of different types like banking, insurance etc. Services are also exchanged for a value.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

Question 3.
Describe various objectives of a business.
Answer:
Business is an economic activity which includes production and distribution of goods and services. Business is done to get profit. Even though business is done with the intention of making profit, that is not the only objective of the business. There are other objectives of business.
The objectives of business are explained below:

A. Economic Objectives:
(i) Searching of New Customers : Business needs expansion. So that it can earn more profit. Therefore searching new customers or new markets becomes an important economic objective of business.

(ii) Earning Profit: Making profit always becomes the main economic objective of any business.

(iii) Best possible Use of Resources : It is the responsibility of any businessman to make proper use of available resources. It is because resources are limited and the demand for resources is more. When a businessman uses resources carefully and economically, he can save his money. It will ultimately result in the increase of profit.

(iv) Innovation : Business needs change according to current situation. New products, new processes should be found out to remain in the competition in the market. Then only a business can survive and continue making profit. Therefore making innovations is one of the economic objectives of the business.

(B) Social Objectives:
Following are the social objectives:
(i) Contributing to the Welfare of the Society : Social objectives incliude the working for the betterment of the society in general. It is the responsibility of the business to work for the welfare of the society by carrying out social welfare programmes.

(ii) Avoiding Unfair Trade Practices : Unfair trade practices are those practices which are not advisable in business. They include black marketing, hoarding, adulteration, wrong representation, false advertisements etc. Unfair trade practices make adverse effect on the business. Therefore one of the important social objective of business is to keep itself away from such practices.

(iii) Supplying Quality Products : It is the social objective of business, to provide quality products to the customers. Customer is the important part of any business. Without customers, a business cannot function. Therefore it is the responsibility of the business to provide safe, non ad ulterated, durable products to the customers.

(iv) Help to Solve Social Problems : In modern world many social problems are occurring in the society. Business is a part of the society and therefore one of the social objectives of business is to help solving the social problems.

(v) Employment Generation : A business can provide employment to many people. It becomes the social objective of the business to generate more and more employment. This will help to reduce the problem of poverty and unemployment.

(vi) Welfare of Employees : Employees is an integral part of any organisation. Business cannot function without the employees. It is therefore the responsibility of the businessman to provide better working conditions to employees. Better working conditions help to improve the productivity of the employees.

Question 4.
Explain the importance of profit in business.
Answer:
Business is such activity which involves earning profit. Any business organisation, whether small or large, production unit or service industry; works for getting maximum profit. Profit plays a very important role in business.
The role of profit is explained below:
(i) Growth and Expansion : Profit acts as an internal source of raising funds. Business can keep aside excess profit and use it for its own expansion or diversification purpose. Expansion results into more profit, which can be used for other purposes.

(ii) Research and Development : When a business gets good profits it can spend money on research and development. Research and development helps to find out the processes that help to reduce the cost of production and provide better quality products. This helps to increase the production ultimately resulting in increase in profit.

(iii) Returns to lnvestors: The owner of business needs returns on the money he has invested in the business. These returns are in the form of profit. If there are good profits, the businessman gets fair returns on his investment.

(iv) Means of Livelihood : A biusiness is mainly carried on for getting the livelihood. A result of business is profit. Thus the main role of profit is to help the businessman earn his living.

(v) Increasing Efficiency : Profit acts as a motivating factor. A businessman who is working hard for the business and gets substantial profits gets a motivation to work hard. Profit thus helps in increasing the efficiency. Similarly an employer can give good remuneration to the employees when there is good profit. This helps to increase the efficiency of the employee also.

(vi) Reward for Risks : Every business is exposed to various types of risks. A businessman has to consider these risks. As a businessman takes risks and performs business activities, buyers get the necessary commodities. The result of these business activities is profit. Profit in this case acts a reward for the risk taken by the businessman.

Maharashtra Board OCM 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction of Commerce and Business

(vii) Survival: The most important role of profit is to help the business to carry on the activities continuously. Survival of business depends upon the continuous supply of finance. Profit enables business to continue with the uninterrupted supply of funds.

Thus profit plays a vital retie in the business. Profit is an inevitable part in every business. It helps a businessman to earn his livelihood, carry on research and development activities and most importantly survival of the business.

OCM Class 11 Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

11th Secretarial Practice Chapter 12 Exercise Correspondence with Statutory Authorities Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Correspondence with Statutory Authorities 11th Secretarial Practice Chapter 12 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 Secretarial Practice Chapter 12 Exercise Solutions

1A. Select the correct answer from the options given below and rewrite the statements.

Question 1.
_____________ is the main authority to regulate the administration of Companies Act, 2013 in India.
(a) MCA
(b) Company Secretary
(c) Board of Directors
Answer:
(a) MCA

Question 2.
The headquarters of MCA is at _____________
(a) Mumbai
(b) New Delhi
(c) Pune
Answer:
(b) New Delhi

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

Question 3.
To administer the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 is the objective of _____________
(a) MCA
(b) ROC
(c) Directors
Answer:
(a) MCA

Question 4.
_____________ is responsible for registering companies.
(a) ROC
(b) SEBI
(c) Auditors
Answer:
(a) ROC

Question 5.
The Certificate of Incorporation is issued by _____________
(a) ROC
(b) MCA
(c) NCLT
Answer:
(a) ROC

Question 6.
_____________ can strike off or remove the name of a company from the Register of Companies.
(a) MCA
(b) ROC
(c) SEBI
Answer:
(b) ROC

Question 7.
Central Government exercises administrative control over ROCs through the _____________
(a) MCA
(b) SEBI
(c) Regional Directors
Answer:
(c) Regional Directors

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

Question 8.
_____________ is the quasi-judicial body set up by the Central Government to grant certain approvals and decide disputes under the provisions of the Companies Act.
(a) MCA
(b) ROC
(c) NCLT
Answer:
(c) NCLT

Question 9.
_____________ can hear appeals against the orders issued by NCLT.
(a) NCLAT
(b) SEBI
(c) MCA
Answer:
(a) NCLAT

Question 10.
An appeal against the order of NCLAT can be filed in the _____________
(a) MCA
(b) SEBI
(c) Supreme Court
Answer:
(c) Supreme Court

Question 11.
_____________ was established as a statutory body to regulate the securities market in India.
(a) NCLT
(b) MCA
(c) SEBI
Answer:
(c) SEBI

Question 12.
_____________ regulates the functioning of Stock Exchange in India.
(a) SEBI
(b) MCA
(c) ROC
Answer:
(a) SEBI

1B. Match the pairs.

Question 1.

Group ‘A’Group ‘B’
(a) Administration of Companies Act, 2013(1) SEBI
(b) ROC(2) Hears appeals against orders of NCLT
(c) NCLAT(3) NCLT
(d) Regulator of Securities Market(4) Incorporation of companies
(e) Quasi-judicial body(5) MCA
(6) Board of directors
(7) Companies Act 2013
(8) Regional Director
(9) Chennai
(10) Liquidator

Answer:

Group ‘A’Group ‘B’
(a) Administration of Companies Act, 2013(5) MCA
(b) ROC(4) Incorporation of companies
(c) NCLAT(2) Hears appeals against orders of NCLT
(d) Regulator of Securities Market(1) SEBI
(e) Quasi-judicial body(3) NCLT

1C. Write a word or a term or a phrase that can substitute each of the following statements.

Question 1.
The main authority is concerned with the administration of the Companies Act.
Answer:
MCA

Question 2.
The organization is responsible for administering the Companies Act and regulating professional bodies like ICAI, ICSI, etc.
Answer:
MCA

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

Question 3.
The authority which issues Certificate of Incorporation to company.
Answer:
ROC

Question 4.
Every company has to apply for incorporation to this authority situated in the state where its head office is to be located.
Answer:
ROC

Question 5.
The authority that handles corporate civil disputes in India.
Answer:
NCLT

Question 6.
An appeal against the orders of NCLT is heard by this authority.
Answer:
NCLAT

Question 7.
Regulator of the securities market in India.
Answer:
SEBI

Question 8.
An institution that regulates the functioning of stock exchanges and intermediaries in the securities market.
Answer:
SEBI

1D. State whether the following statements are True or False.

Question 1.
MCA regulates the functioning of the corporate sector as well as administers the Companies Act.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
MCA has no supervisory authority over professional bodies like ICSI, ICAI, etc.
Answer:
False

Question 3.
ROC is concerned with the registration of companies.
Answer:
True

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

Question 4.
On payment of fees, ROC allows the public to inspect certain documents filed with it.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
NCLT has jurisdiction over proceedings on matters of disputes arising under the Companies Act.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
NCLAT can hear appeals against the order of NCLT.
Answer:
True

Question 7.
NCLAT may confirm, modify or reject the orders passed by the NCLT.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
SEBI protects the interest of investors in the securities market.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
ROC is the regulator of the securities market.
Answer:
False

1E. Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
Administration of Companies Act and other laws related to corporate world is the responsibility of _____________
Answer:
MCA (Ministry of Corporate Affairs)

Question 2.
Registration of companies is done by _____________
Answer:
ROC (Registrar of Companies)

Question 3.
The authority which handles corporate civil disputes is called as _____________
Answer:
NCLT (National Company Law Tribunal)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

Question 4.
The authority which hears appeals against the orders of NCLT is called as _____________
Answer:
NCLAT (National Company Law Appellate Tribunal)

1F. Select the correct option from the bracket.

Question 1.

Group ‘A’Group ‘B’
(1) Regulator of Securities Market……………………….
(2) MCA……………………….
(3) ……………………Hears appeals against orders of NCLT

(NCLAT, Administers Companies Act, SEBI)
Answer:

Group ‘A’Group ‘B’
(1) Regulator of Securities MarketSEBI
(2) MCAAdministers Companies Act
(3) NCLATHears appeals against orders of NCLT

1G. Answer in one sentence.

Question 1.
Name the authority which administers the Companies Act and Partnership Act.
Answer:
MCA (Ministry of Corporate Affairs).

Question 2.
Name the authority attached to the High Court which helps in the winding up of companies.
Answer:
The authority attached to the High Court which helps in the winding up of Companies is the Official Liquidator.

1H. Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
ROC supervises and controls the operations of stock exchanges in India.
Answer:
SEBI supervises and controls the operation of stock exchanges in India.

Question 2.
An appeal can be made against the order issued by NCLT to NCLAT within 90 days.
Answer:
An appeal can be made against the order issued by NCLT to NCLAT within 45 days.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts.

Question 1.
Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA)
Answer:

  • The MCA is primarily concerned with the administration of the Companies Act, 2013.
  • The MCA is responsible to prevent practices from having an adverse effect on competition, to promote and sustain competition in markets.
  • MCA supervises certain professional bodies like the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. (ICAI), Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI), Institute of Cost Accountants of India.
  • It works with the help of Regional Directors, ROC, and Official Liquidator.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

Question 2.
Registrar of Companies (ROC)
Answer:
The Registrar of Companies (ROC) is an office under the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) which deals with the administration of Companies and Limited Liability Partnerships in India.

  • At present 22 Registrar of Companies is operating in all major states.
  • States like Tamilnadu and Maharashtra have more than one ROC.
  • ROC is a full-time field officer who has wide powers and responsibilities in administering the Companies Act.
  • ROC has to examine various documents filed with it by the companies in compliance with the Companies Act, 2013.
  • The ROC has to take decisions on documents filed with it and reply within 30 days from the date of filing the documents.

Question 3.
National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT)
Answer:

  • The Central Government has constituted National Company Law Tribunal in June 2016.
  • It is a quasi-judicial body, which grants approvals and handles Corporate Civil Disputes.
  • The Tribunal operates through 15 ‘Benches’ consisting of 2 members i.e. a judicial member and a technical member.
  • The Tribunal has to dispose of every application or petition within 3 months of receiving it.
  • An appeal against the order of NCLT can be made to National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT).

Question 4.
National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT)
Answer:
National Company Law Appellate Tribunal was constituted for hearing appeals against the orders of the National Company Law Tribunal.

  • NCLAT is also the Appellate Tribunal for hearing appeals against the order passed by the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India.
  • It is headed by a chairperson and has a maximum of 11 members comprising of judicial and technical members.
  • An appeal can be made against the order issued by NCLT to NCLAT within 45 days.
  • An appeal can be made against the orders of NCLAT to Supreme Court within 60 days.

Question 5.
Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
Answer:

  • SEBI was established in 1992 as a statutory body to regulate the Securities Market in India.
  • Its head office is in Mumbai.
  • It supervises and controls the operations of Stock Exchanges, Companies issuing securities, and other intermediaries like Underwriters, Merchant Bankers, Brokers, etc.
  • It protects and safeguards the interest of the investors in the security market.
  • The main objective is to regulate the functioning of securities markets and stock exchanges.
  • It develops a code of conduct for fair practices by intermediaries.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

3. Answer in brief.

Question 1.
State the powers of ROC.
Answer:
The Registrar of Companies (ROC) is an office under the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) which deals with the administration of Companies and Limited Liability Partnerships in India. At present 22 Registrar of Companies is operating in all the major states. States like Tamilnadu and Maharashtra have more than one ROC. ROC is a full-time field officer who has wide powers and responsibility in administering the Companies Act.

Following are the powers of ROC:

  • To extend the time of the Annual General Meeting other than the first AGM by a period not more than 3 months.
  • To inspect or call for books of account, other books, and papers.
  • To seek in writing any information or explanation with regard to any document furnished to ROC.
  • Seek the Special Court to issue an order for seizure of books and papers of the company, if the ROC feels that such records may be destroyed, altered, or falsified.
  • To strike off the name of a company from the Registrar of Companies.

Question 2.
State the powers of NCLT.
Answer:
Meaning of NCLT:
The Central Government has constituted National Company Law Tribunal in June 2016. The NCLT is a quasi-judicial body, which grants approvals and handles Corporate Civil disputes.

Powers of NCLT:

  • To hear and decide all proceedings related to compromise, arrangement, and reconstruction of a company.
  • To hear and decide all winding up petitions on the ground of inability to pay its debts and on other grounds.
  • To hear and decide petition for an extension of time for repayment of deposits.
  • To hear and decide cases pertaining to oppression and mismanagement of a company.
  • To call for holding AGM or EOGM of a company.
  • To direct a company not to dispose of funds of a company and to freeze the assets of a company for being used against the interest of the company.
  • To hear and decide grievances of rejection in transferring shares and securities.

Question 3.
What are the objectives of MCA?
Answer:
The MCA is primarily concerned with the administration of the Companies Act, 2013.
It frames the rules and regulations for regulating the functioning of the corporate sector in accordance with the law.

Objectives of MCA:

  • To administer the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, and other allied laws.
  • To quickly identify non-compliance with the Companies Act.
  • To encourage companies to improve Corporate Governance and adopt responsible business practices.
  • To promote fair competition.
  • To make available to the public, corporate data.
  • To offer various services to the stakeholders.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

4. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
The MCA was set up by Central Government to fulfill certain objectives.
Answer:
The MCA is primarily concerned with the administration of the Companies Act, 2013.
It frames the rules and regulations for regulating the functioning of the corporate sector in accordance with the law.

Objectives of MCA:

  • To administer the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, and other allied laws.
  • To quickly identify non-compliance with the Companies Act.
  • To encourage companies to improve Corporate Governance and adopt responsible business practices.
  • To promote fair competition.
  • To make available to the public, corporate data.
  • To offer various services to the stakeholders.

Question 2.
The Companies Act, 2013 has given certain Powers to ROC.
Answer:
The Registrar of Companies (ROC) is an office under the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) which deals with the administration of Companies and Limited Liability Partnerships in India. At present 22 Registrar of Companies is operating in all the major states. States like Tamilnadu and Maharashtra have more than one ROC. ROC is a full-time field officer who has wide powers and responsibility in administering the Companies Act.

Following are the powers of ROC:

  • To extend the time of the Annual General Meeting other than the first AGM by a period not more than 3 months.
  • To inspect or call for books of account, other books, and papers.
  • To seek in writing any information or explanation with regard to any document furnished to ROC.
  • Seek the Special Court to issue an order for seizure of books and papers of the company, if the ROC feels that such records may be destroyed, altered or falsified.
  • To strike off the name of a company from the Registrar of Companies.

Question 3.
The Central Government has empowered NCLT with certain powers.
Answer:
Meaning of NCLT:
The Central Government has constituted National Company Law Tribunal in June 2016. The NCLT is a quasi-judicial body, which grants approvals and handles Corporate Civil disputes.

Powers of NCLT:

  • To hear and decide all proceedings related to compromise, arrangement, and reconstruction of a company.
  • To hear and decide all winding up petitions on the ground of inability to pay its debts and on other grounds.
  • To hear and decide petition for an extension of time for repayment of deposits.
  • To hear and decide cases pertaining to oppression and mismanagement of a company.
  • To call for holding AGM or EOGM of a company.
  • To direct a company not to dispose of funds of a company and to freeze the assets of a company for being used against the interest of the company.
  • To hear and decide grievances of rejection in transferring shares and securities.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

5. Attempt the following.

Question 1.
Write a letter to ROC seeking an extension of time to hold the AGM.
Answer:

STARTRACK LIMITED
Registered Office: Galaxy House
Rainbow Township, Mira Road, Mumbai – 400609
CIN: L13471 MH 2012 PLC 000222

Phone: 022-22135649, 91-9910190332

Website: www.startracklimited.com
Email: [email protected]

Date: 30th July 2019.

Ref No: ROC/AGM – 99.
The Registrar of Companies
Churchgate,
Mumbai – 400019.

Sub: Extension of time for holding 6th Annual General Meeting.

Dear Sir,

As per the Companies Act, 2013, our Company must hold its 6th Annual General Meeting on or before 30th September 2019, for the financial year ending on 31st March 2019

We are extremely sorry to inform, that due to most of our directors are on travel abroad during that period, we will not be able to hold the Annual General Meeting before 30th September 2019.

We, therefore, request you to grant us an extension period of two months for holding the said AGM i.e. up to 30th November 2019.

We will be highly obliged if you grant us the permission to extend the said meeting.

Thanking you,

Yours faithfully,
for STAR TRACK LIMITED.
Sign
Company Secretary

Encl: Copy of Annual Report 2017-18.

Question 2.
Write a letter to MCA with regard to ‘Ticket Raising’.
Answer:

STARTRACK LIMITED
Registered Office: Galaxy House
Rainbow Township, Mira Road, Mumbai – 400609
CIN: L13471 MH 2012 PLC 000222

Phone: 022-22135649, 91-9910190332

Website: www.startracklimited.com
Email: [email protected]

Date: 1st April 2019.

Ref No: MCA/ST – 19
The Manager
(Web-service Dept)
Vaibhav Apartment,
Vaibhav Nagar,
New Delhi – 110003

Sub: Difficulty in downloading e-form.

Dear Sir,

This is to inform you that company is intending to download e-form (Form SH-7) to intimate the ROC about the alteration made in the share capital of our company.

However, we are not able to download the form due to some technical error, and the message that pops up on pressing the ‘ENTER’ button is “The file is damaged and cannot be repaired”.

In spite of our repeated effort, we are not able to download the form. So we earnestly request you to look into the matter at your earliest.

Also, let us know the next step to resolve the above matter.

Thanking you,

Yours faithfully,
for STAR TRACK LIMITED.
Sign
Company Secretary

Encl: Copy of message as appearing on the website.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 12 Correspondence with Statutory Authorities

Question 3.
Write a reply to a complaint by the Investor.
Answer:

STARTRACK LIMITED
Registered Office: Galaxy House
Rainbow Township, Mira Road, Mumbai – 400609
CIN: L13471 MH 2012 PLC 000222

Phone: 022-22124745, 91-9920380555

Website: www.startracklimited.com
Email: [email protected]

Date: 2nd June 2019.

Ref No: IC/ 219.
Ms.Vaishali Rane,
Birla House,
Bhagwati Road,
Kandivli (W).
Mumbai – 400018.

Sub: Non-Receipt of Annual Report.

Dear Sir,

We are in receipt of your letter dated 20th May 2019 regarding the non-receipt of the Annual Report.

As per the Companies Act, 2019, we have sent by post to all the members, the notice of 8th AGM along with the Annual Report well in advance, as per the address provided by you in our Register of Members.

It is however unfortunate to know that you have not received the Notice and the Annual report. We are once again sending you the same to the address mentioned in your letter.

Yours faithfully,
for STAR TRACK LIMITED
Sign
Company Secretary

Encl: Annual Report 2018-19
CC to: SEBI

Question 4.
Write a letter to NCLT seeking an extension of time to repay Public Deposits.
Answer:

STARTRACK LIMITED
Registered Office: Galaxy House
Rainbow Township, Mira Road, Mumbai – 400609
CIN: L13471 MH 2012 PLC 000222

Phone: 022-22135649, 91-9910190332

Website: www.startracklimited.com
Email: [email protected]

Date: 30th July 2019.

Ref No: NCLT/99
The National Company Law Tribunal Board.
‘C’ wing, 25th Floor, Priyadarshini Bhavan,
M.G. Road,
New Delhi – 110004.

Sub: Extension of time to repay Pubic Deposit.

Sir,

The company had accepted Public Deposits worth 20 lacs on 1st April 2016 for a period of two years. The Deposits are to be repaid on or before 31st March 2018.

However, as the company is passing through financial problems, we are is unable to repay deposits on the above-mentioned date.

The board held a meeting on 29th December 2017 and passed a resolution for seeking an extension from NCLT for a period of three months, to repay deposits. Therefore, we request you to grant us an extension for three months to repay it.

Copy of the petition is attached in two sets. We assure you that the company will pay the deposits on or before 30th June 2019.

Yours faithfully,
for STAR TRACK LIMITED
Sign
Company Secretary

Encl:

  1. Certified copy of Board Resolution.
  2. Petition for Extension of time.
  3. Challan for fees paid.

Class 11 Secretarial Practice Textbook Solutions

11th Secretarial Practice Chapter 11 Exercise Correspondence with Banks Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

Correspondence with Banks 11th Secretarial Practice Chapter 11 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11 Secretarial Practice Chapter 11 Exercise Solutions

1A. Select the correct answer from the options given below and rewrite the statements.

Question 1.
A company usually opens _____________ account in a bank.
(a) Current
(b) Saving
(c) Recurring
Answer:
(a) Current

Question 2.
Bank is a _____________ institution.
(a) financial
(b) social
(c) cultural
Answer:
(a) financial

Question 3.
The appointment of banker is usually made by the _____________
(a) Board of Directors
(b) Secretary
(c) Chairman
Answer:
(a) Board of Directors

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 4.
Resolution for opening Bank Account is passed in the _____________ meeting.
(a) Board
(b) Statutory
(c) Annual General
Answer:
(a) Board

Question 5.
Bank provides overdraft facility to _____________ account holder.
(a) Current
(b) Saving
(c) Fixed Deposit
Answer:
(a) Current

Question 6.
_____________ is used for depositing cash into a bank account.
(a) Pay-in-slip
(b) Withdrawal slip
(c) Cheque
Answer:
(a) Pay-in-slip

Question 7.
Borrowing/Accepting and lending money are considered as _____________ functions of bank.
(a) Primary
(b) Secondary
(c) Agency
Answer:
(a) Primary

Question 8.
Withdrawals are not permitted from the _____________ deposit account.
(a) Fixed
(b) Current
(c) Savings
Answer:
(a) Fixed

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 9.
_____________ account is suitable to salaried people.
(a) Savings
(b) Current
(c) Fixed
Answer:
(a) Savings

Question 10.
Generally Interest is not paid on _____________ deposit account.
(a) Current
(b) Saving
(c) Fixed
Answer:
(a) Current

Question 11.
A deposit which is kept for fixed period in bank is called _____________ deposit.
(a) Fixed
(b) Current
(c) Recurring
Answer:
(a) Fixed

1B. Match the pairs.

Question 1.

Group ‘A’Group ‘B’
(a) Lost cheque(1) Board of Directors
(b) Appointment of Banker(2) Higher rate of interest
(c) Cash credit(3) Used for depositing cash and cheque
(d) Fixed Deposit Account(4) Stop Payment
(e) Savings Account(5) Restrictions on withdrawals
(f) Pay-in-slip(6) Separate Account
(g) Overdraft facility(7) Current Account
(8) Recurring Account
(9) Shareholders
(10) No interest is paid
(11) Used for withdrawing amount from the account
(12) Long term credit facility
(13) Certain restrictions on withdrawals
(14) Dealing in foreign exchange

Answer:

Group ‘A’Group ‘B’
(a) Lost cheque(4) Stop Payment
(b) Appointment of Banker(1) Board of Directors
(c) Cash credit(6) Separate Account
(d) Fixed Deposit Account(2) Higher rate of interest
(e) Savings Account(5) Restrictions on withdrawals
(f) Pay-in-slip(3) Used for depositing cash and cheque
(g) Overdraft facility(7) Current Account

1C. Write a word or a term or a phrase that can substitute each of the following statements.

Question 1.
A slip is used for depositing cash and cheque in the Bank account.
Answer:
Pay-in-slip

Question 2.
Permission to withdraw excess amount from Current Account.
Answer:
Overdraft

Question 3.
Separate loan account under which the short-term loan facility is given by the bank to the business.
Answer:
Cash credit

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 4.
The short-term credit facility is given by the bank to the current account holder.
Answer:
Overdraft

Question 5.
The account is generally opened by the business organization.
Answer:
Current Account

Question 6.
The request of Secretary to the bank not to make the payment of the cheque.
Answer:
Stop payment request

Question 7.
The type of account for which a higher rate of interest is paid to bank depositors.
Answer:
Fixed Deposit Account

Question 8.
The slip is used for withdrawing money from Savings Account.
Answer:
Withdrawal Slip

Question 9.
Negotiable Instrument which can be discounted with the bank.
Answer:
Bill of exchange

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

1D. State whether the following statements are True or False.

Question 1.
Joint Stock Company opens Current Account.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Generally, no interest is paid by the bank on the Current Account.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
In cash credit, the customer’s account is credited by the bank with the sanctioned amount.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Board resolution is not required to open the Current Account with the bank.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
The bank account of the company is operated by shareholders.
Answer:
False

Question 6.
Overdraft facility is granted to Savings account holders.
Answer:
False

Question 7.
Bank correspondence should be brief and to the point.
Answer:
True

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 8.
It is necessary to instruct the bank to stop the payment of a cheque that is lost.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
A bank overdraft facility is a long-term facility.
Answer:
False

Question 10.
Banks grant long-term loans only.
Answer:
False

1E. Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Saving Deposit, Recurring Deposit, Cash Credit. Fixed Deposit
Answer:
Cash Credit

Question 2.
Overdraft, Fixed Deposit, Discounting of Bills, Cash Credit
Answer:
Fixed Deposit

1F. Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
A financial institution which receives deposits and lends money is called as _____________
Answer:
Bank

Question 2.
Accepting deposits and lending money are the primary functions of _____________
Answer:
Commercial Bank/Bank

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 3.
A facility under which a customer can overdraw money from his account is called as _____________
Answer:
Overdraft facility

Question 4.
Overdraft facility is given to _____________
Answer:
Current Account Holder

1G. Select the correct option from the bracket.

Question 1.

Group ‘A’Group ‘B’
(1) Overdraft…………………………
(2) Primary Function………………………..
(3) International Trade Transactions………………………..
(4) ………………………Current Account

(Accepting Deposits, Current Account, Letter of Credit, Businessman)
Answer:

Group ‘A’Group ‘B’
(1) OverdraftCurrent Account
(2) Primary FunctionAccepting Deposits
(3) International Trade TransactionsLetter of Credit
(4) BusinessmanCurrent Account

1H. Answer in one sentence.

Question 1.
What is a Letter of Credit?
Answer:
A letter of credit is a payment method generally used for international trade transactions. Letter of credit is issued by a bank on behalf of its client, promising to pay a certain amount of money to the seller, in case the buyer fails to pay it.

Question 2.
Which facility is given to the Current Account holder?
Answer:
Overdraft facility is given to Current Account Holder by the Bank.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 3.
What do you mean by stop payment of cheque?
Answer:
When a cheque is issued by the company, there is a possibility of misplacement of the cheque or loss in transit. Then it is necessary to inform the bank to stop payment of such cheque.

1I. Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
Accepting deposits is the secondary function of Banks.
Answer:
Accepting deposits is the primary function of Banks.

Question 2.
Businessman opens Fixed Deposit Account.
Answer:
Businessman opens Current Account.

Question 3.
Under cash credit facility businessman/account holder can overdraw from his account.
Answer:
Under an overdraft facility, a businessman/account holder can overdraw from his account.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts.

Question 1.
Bank
Answer:
A bank is a financial institution, in which people deposit their idle or surplus cash, and those who need funds borrow from banks.

Question 2.
Demand Deposits
Answer:
The deposits which are repayable on demand are called Demand Deposits.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 3.
Time Deposits
Answer:
The deposits which are not repayable on demand are called Time Deposits.

Question 4.
Savings Deposits
Answer:
To encourage saving habit among the people, the bank allows depositors to open a savings account. There are restrictions on the frequency and amount of withdrawals.

Question 5.
Current Deposits
Answer:
This account is normally opened by businessmen, firms, or companies. There is no limit on the amount or number of withdrawals.

Question 6.
Recurring Deposits
Answer:
The account which encourages the customers to make regular savings and to deposit a fixed sum of money for a specific period of time is called Recurring Deposits.

Question 7.
Fixed Deposits
Answer:
Fixed Deposits are the deposits received for a fixed period. The rate of interest is high for fixed deposits. The longer the period of deposit, the higher is the rate of interest.

Question 8.
Loans
Answer:
A loan granted for a specific time period against personal security, gold or silver, and other moveable or immovable assets is called a term loan.

Question 9.
Advances
Answer:
Advances is a credit facility provided by the bank to its customers. It differs from loans in the sense that loans may be granted for a longer period, while advances are for a shorter period.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 10.
Cash Credit
Answer:
Under a cash credit facility, a bank allows the borrower to withdraw amounts up to the specified limit. Such credits are allowed against the security of stock of raw material, finished goods, etc.

Question 11.
Overdraft
Answer:
It is a facility where the bank allows its customers to overdraw an amount up to a particular limit. Such facility is allowed against collateral securities like shares, FDR, LIC Policy, etc.

Question 12.
Discounting of Bill
Answer:
It is a short-term finance facility provided by the bank to its customers by allowing discounting of bills and making payment of bills before their due date.

Question 13.
Letter of Credit
Answer:
A letter of credit is a payment method generally used for international trade transactions. A letter of credit is issued by a bank on behalf of its client, promising to pay a certain amount of money to the seller in case the buyer fails to pay it.

Question 14.
Stop payments of cheque
Answer:
When a cheque is sent by the Company, there is a possibility of misplacement of cheque or loss in transit. In that case, it is necessary to inform the bank to stop the payment of such cheques.

3. Distinguish between the following.

Question 1.
Current Account and Savings Account.
Answer:

BasisCurrent AccountSavings Account
1. MeaningIt is a type of bank account that is generally opened by the businessman to carry out their business activities.It is a type of bank account which is opened by salaried and household people with an aim of saving their part of the income and earn interest.
2. WithdrawalsThere are no restrictions on the number of withdrawals. They can withdraw money by cheque.There are restrictions over the number of withdrawals. They can withdraw money either by cheque or by withdrawal slip.
3. FacilitiesSuch account holder gets the facilities of Passbook, Cheque Book, Statement of Account and Pay-in-Slip Book.Such account holders get the facilities of Passbook, Cheque Book, and Pay-in-Slip Book.
4. Rate of InterestGenerally, no interest is allowed on the Current Account. If it is allowed it is a very nominal rate.The rate of interest on the Saving Account is higher than the Current Account but less than fixed deposits.
5. Overdraft facilityOverdraft facility is allowed to Current Account holders.Overdraft facility is not allowed to Saving Account holder.
6. SuitabilityIt is suitable for traders, business firms, and institutions.It is suitable for salary earners, households, and fixed income groups.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 2.
Loan and Overdraft
Answer:

BasisLoanOverdraft
1. MeaningAmount granted for a specific period of time, against personal security, gold or silver, and other movable or immovable assets is called a loan.Overdraft is a credit facility granted by the bank to Current account holders. Under an overdraft facility, the bank allows its customers to overdraw an amount up to a particular limit.
2. EligibilitySavings account, Fixed, Recurring, and Current account holders are eligible for the loan facilities.Only Current account holders are eligible for an overdraft facility.
3. DurationThe loan is a long period facility.Overdraft is a short period facility.
4. PurposeThe purpose is to meet long-term requirements.The purpose is to meet short-term working capital requirements.
5. RepaymentThe amount of the loan may be repaid in installments or in a lump sum on its due date.The amount of overdraft is adjusted against the balance of Deposits in the Current account.
6. SecurityIt is provided against personal security, gold or silver, and other movable or immovable assets.It is provided against collateral securities like shares, FDR, LIC Policy, etc.

Question 3.
Fixed Deposit Account and Recurring Deposit Account.
Answer:

BasisFixed Deposit AccountRecurring Deposit Account
1. MeaningFixed Deposits are the deposits received for a fixed period of time.A Recurring Deposit account is that account where depositors regularly deposit a fixed amount for a specific period of time.
2. FacilitiesThe bank gives a Fixed Deposit Receipt to the Fixed Deposit holders.The bank gives a Pass Book and Pay-in-Slip book to Recurring Deposit holders.
3. Rate of InterestThe rate of interest allowed is higher. The longer the period of deposit, the higher will be the rate of interest.The rate of interest is less than Fixed Deposit Account.
4. SuitabilityIt is suitable for those people having surplus income in hand.It is suitable for fixed-income groups and lower-income groups.

4. Answer in brief.

Question 1.
What are the points to be kept in mind by a Secretary while corresponding with Banks?
Answer:
The following precautions must be taken by the secretary while corresponding with banks:

  • Prompt reply: For any correspondence with the bank, the reply must be sent without delay is the responsibility of a secretary.
  • Brevity/Conciseness: Secretary should provide maximum information in minimum words. A letter should not be lengthy. Unnecessary details, irrelevant information or explanation, lengthy paragraphs should be avoided.
  • Courtesy: The letter to the bank should show empathy, respect, and mutual understanding. It is helpful for getting favourable responses and built up goodwill for the organization.
  • Accuracy: While corresponding with Bank ‘Accuracy’ and ‘Perfectness’ are very important. Whatever information or data provided must be accurate. No haphazard remarks or statements are to be made.
  • Clarity: The secretary must provide true, factual updates and clear information about his organization to the banker. Clarity is required to avoid misunderstandings with bankers.

Question 2.
Under what circumstances will a secretary correspond with the Banks?
Answer:
The following are the circumstances under which a secretary has to correspond with the banks:
(i) Letter for opening a Current Account with the Bank:
The decision of opening a Current account is taken in the Board meeting by passing a resolution. The Board instructs the secretary for opening a Current account. The Secretary has to write a letter to the Bank accordingly and enclose the necessary documents.

(ii) Letter requesting a bank to stop payment of cheque:
When cheques are sent by Companies, there are possibilities of misplacement of cheques or loss in transit. Thus, it is necessary to inform the bank to stop the payment of such cheques.

(iii) Letter requesting a Bank for granting an overdraft facility:
Certain credit facilities are provided by the Bank to their customers. The Bank allows a Current Account holder to withdraw excess amount than the available balance. Secretary has to correspond with the bank to prevail this facility.

(iv) Letter requesting bank to issue a letter of credit:
A letter of credit is a payment method generally used for international trade transactions. Letter of credit is issued by Bank on behalf of its client promising to pay a certain amount of money to the seller in case the buyer fails to pay it. Secretary has to correspond with the bank to obtain this letter of credit.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 3.
State the agency functions of Banks.
Answer:
Agency functions of banks are part of secondary functions.
Following are the agency functions of the Bank:

  • Bank collects the cheques and Bill of Exchange on behalf of the customers or account holders.
  • Bank collects dividends, interest, and salary and credits the account holder’s account.
  • Bank makes payment of rent, insurance premium, electricity bill, etc.
  • Bank act as a Depository Participant for purchase and sale of securities.
  • Transfer of money.
  • Fulfill standing instructions of depositors.
  • The bank acts as a trustee, an executor of the will, and an attorney for the account holder.
  • The bank acts as a Banker to the issue, Lead Manager, etc. for the companies.

Question 4.
State the utility functions of Banks.
Answer:
Commercial Bank provides general utility services to their customers or account holders to attract customers.
Utility functions of Banks are as follows:

  • Provide locker facility to customer utility function of banks are as follows.
  • Provide a letter of credit facility to account holders for international business transactions.
  • Helps to deal in Foreign Exchange.
  • Provide Credit cards, Debit cards, and A.T.M. facilities.
  • To assist in the purchase and sale of securities.
  • Provide traveler’s cheque to customers.

Question 5.
Explain the different types of Deposits.
Answer:
The Bank accepts two types of deposits from the people.
(i) Demand Deposits:
Demand Deposits are deposits, where money is repaid by the bank on the demand made by the depositors or customers of the bank.

Such deposit accounts are:
(a) Savings Deposits:
As the name indicate this account is opened and operated by that person who have regular and fixed income e.g. salary. In order to ‘save’ something out of current income, this account is opened.
Features of this account are:

  • It is mainly for saving purposes.
  • Money can be withdrawn on demand.
  • Minimum balance must be maintained.

(b) Current Deposits:
This account is opened by the businessman, firm, company, etc. for business purposes. There is no limit on the number of withdrawals. Generally, interest is not payable on this account. Overdraft facilities are also allowed to these depositors.

(ii) Time Deposits:
The deposits which are not repayable on demand are called ‘Time Deposits’. These deposits are payable after a specific period of time.

  • Fixed Deposits: In this deposit account, a certain sum is kept deposited for a fixed period. A higher rate of interest is paid on Fixed Deposit.
  • Recurring Deposits: In this deposit account, the customer deposit’s fixed amount on regular basis for a specific period. The money is deposited periodically. The rate of interest is more than Saving Deposits.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

5. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
The secretary has to correspond with the Banks under certain circumstances.
Answer:
Following are the circumstance under which a secretary has to enter into correspondence with banks:

  • Letter for opening a Current account with Bank.
  • Letter requesting a bank to stop payment of the cheque.
  • Letter requesting a bank for granting overdraft facility.
  • Letter requesting a bank to issue a letter of credit.
  • Letter to a bank enquiring about new banking facilities.
  • Letter to the bank for a long-term loan.
  • Thus, the secretary has to correspond with the Banks under certain circumstances.

Question 2.
The secretary should observe certain precautions while corresponding with the Banks.
Answer:
The following precautions must be taken by the secretary while corresponding with the banks:

  • Secretary should give a prompt reply.
  • Secretary should take care that the letter should not be lengthy.
  • Unnecessary details should be avoided.
  • Not to use any harsh or rude words while corresponding with the banker.
  • Provide true factual updates and clear information about his organization to the bankers.
  • Thus, the secretary should observe certain precautions while corresponding with the Banks.

Question 3.
The primary functions of Commercial Banks include-Accepting deposits and Lending funds.
Answer:
The main object of a commercial bank is to accept deposits and lending money to customers or account holders:

  • To encourage the people who have surplus funds.
  • To encourage the saving habit among the people.
  • To give support to businessmen for opening a current account.
  • To encourage people to make regular savings.
  • To lend loans and advances through various modes i.e. short-term loan, medium-term loan, long term loan, overdraft facility, cash credit facility, and discounting of the bill of exchange, etc.
  • Thus, the primary functions of Commercial Banks include-Accepting deposits and Lending funds.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 4.
The Bank accepts two types of deposits from the public i.e. Demand and Time Deposits.
Answer:

  • The basic aim of the bank is to pool the excess money to the bank and develop the habit of saving amount people.
  • Bank accepts deposits in two forms i.e. Demand Deposits and Time deposits.
  • Demand Deposits include – Current Deposits and Savings Deposits.
  • Time Deposits includes – Fixed Deposits and Recurring Deposits
  • Thus, the Bank accepts two types of deposits from the public i.e. Demand and Time Deposits.

Question 5.
There is a difference between Loans and Advances given by the Bank.
Answer:

  • Bank lends money in two ways – i.e. Loans and Advance.
  • The loan is granted for a specific period of time against personnel security, gold or silver, and other movable or immovable properties.
  • Advances is a credit facility provided by the bank to its customers against collateral securities like – shares, Government shares, F.D.R., L.I.C. Policy, Stock of raw materials, or finished goods.
  • Loans are granted for a longer period while Advances are granted for a shorter period.
  • Loans may be short-term, medium-term, or long-term while advances are in form of overdraft, cash credit, and discounting of bills.
  • Thus, there is a difference between Loans and Advances given by the Bank.

Question 6.
Overdraft facility is given only to current depositors.
Answer:
Overdraft is a credit facility allowed to current account holders:

  • Under an overdraft facility, the bank allows, customers, to withdraw an amount, up to a particular limit.
  • The collateral securities are usually accepted for an overdraft facility.
  • The rate of interest charged by commercial banks for overdraft is low.
  • Overdraft facility is given only to existing current depositors because they have good relations with the Bank.
  • Thus, an overdraft facility is given only to current depositors.

6. Attempt the following.

Question 1.
Write a letter to the bank for opening a Current Account.
Answer:

PRAGAT KRUSHI SEVA COMPANY LTD.
Registered office: Milind Sally Manjul,
Nashik Pune Highway, Sangamner
CIN: H353558 MH 2019 PLO 227244

Phone: 02425 – 223019
Fax: 02425 – 227230

Website: www.pragatksltd.com
Email: [email protected]

Date: 10th March 2019.

Ref No. BlbRbl212019
The Bank Manager, IDBI Bank,
New Nagar Road,
Jantar Raja Maidan,
Sangamner.

Sub: Opening of Current Account.

Dear Sir,

The Board of Directors of a company have passed a resolution on 3rd March 2019 to open a Current Account in your bank in the name of the company i.e. “PRAGAT KRUSHI SEVA COMPANY LTD.” and to appoint you as the company’s banker.

Please find enclosed herewith the following documents for the purpose of opening the Current Account of our company.

  1. Account opening form duly filled, signed and dated.
  2. Certified copy of Memorandum of Association.
  3. Certified copy of Articles of Associations.
  4. Certified copy of Incorporation Certificate.
  5. Certified copy of Board resolution regarding opening a Current Account.
  6. Specimen signature of two directors Mr. Maithily Kulkarni and Mr. Ajit Godse and the company secretary
  7. Certified copy of the list of present Directors of the company.
  8. Duly filled up Pay-in-slip along with ₹ 5,000 (Rupees Five thousand only) in cash as initial deposit.
  9. Certified copies of PAN and TAN.

Thanking you,

Yours Faithfully,
for PRAGAT KRUSHI SEVA CO. LTD.
(Sign)
Company Secretary.

Encl: As above

Question 2.
Write a letter to the bank to stop the payment of the cheque.
Answer:

AVANI GLASS LIMITED COMPANY
Registered Office: Janata Raja Maidan,
Vidya Nagar, Sangamner.
CIN: B45453 MH 1992 PCL 123272

Phone: 02425 – 227244
Website: www.avaniglass.com

Fax: 02425 – 222340
Email: [email protected]

Date: 15th March 2019

Ref. No. B/PC/1/19-20
The Bank Manager,
New Nagar Road,
Sangamner.

Sub: Stop Payment of Cheque No 303592
Ref: Our Account No 30357090414

 

Dear Sir,

It is to bring to your notice, to stop payment of the Cheque no. 303592 dated 10th March 2019 of ₹ 75,000 (Rupee Seventy Five Thousand) issued by the company from Current Account no. 30357090414 in favour of Mr. Krushna Chaudhari, Nashik.

The said cheque is reported to be lost by the party. So we kindly request you to stop the payment of the said cheque.

We highly regret the inconvenience caused to you and wishing your kind co-operation in the above matter.

Thanking you,

Yours Faithfully,
for AVANI GLASS LIMITED COMPANY
(Sign)
Company Secretary.

Question 3.
Letter requesting a bank to issue a Letter of Credit.
Answer:

B.K. INDUSTRIES LTD.
Registered Office: 240, Apeksh.
F.C. Road, Pune 4
CIN: B40418 MH 2010PIL 373078

Phone: 020 – 3070901
Fax: 020 – 3145402

Website: www.BKundu.com
Email: [email protected]

Date: 25th May 2019

Ref. No. BP/23/19-20
The Bank Manager,
Bank of Maharastra,
F.C. Road,
Pune – 4.

Sub: Issue of Letter of Credit.
Ref: Our Current Account No 020304147911

Dear Sir,

We are pleased to inform you that, we want to import printing machine from America.

As per the quotation received from Mark Industries, America we have to place an order along with a letter of credit.

We, therefore, request you to issue a letter of credit in favor of the said company USD 4,50,0000. This letter may be issued on the basis of the credit balance in our current account and as per the prevailing exchange rate.

Kindly issue the letter of credit and oblige. This will enable us to place an order at an early date.

Thanking you,

Yours Faithfully
for B.K. INDUSTRIES LTD.
(Sign)
Company Secretary.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 11 Correspondence with Banks

Question 4.
Write a letter requesting the bank to grant an overdraft facility.
Answer:

JAI MATA GLASS AGENCIES LTD.
Registered Office: 285, M.G. Road,
Dwarka. Nashik.

Phone: 0253 – 27304580
Fax: 0253 – 283048800

Website: jaymata.com
Email: [email protected]

Date: 10th January, 2019

Ref. No. BK/7/20-19
The Manager,
RDBI Bank
Dwarka, Nashik.

Sub: Request for overdraft facility
Ref: Account No. 00303540451

Dear Sir,

The Board of Directors in their meeting held on 2nd January 2019 has decided to request you to grant our company an overdraft facility up to ₹ 10 lakhs for a period of 5 months from March 2019 to July 2019.

We are the manufacturer of Tuffen glass and we have a large export order for which we need to have working capital to fulfill our daily needs.

We request you to accept our security of Fixed Deposit worth ₹ 10 lakhs with your bank.
We would also like to bring to your notice that we are being your customer for the last 10 years.
Expecting your early reply in favor of our overdraft facility.

Thanking you,

Yours Faithfully,
for JAI MATA GLASS AGENCIES LTD.
(Sign)
Company Secretary

Activity (Textbook Page No. 168)

Visit a Bank and collect the form of opening a bank account and find out. The detail to be filled in and Documents needed to open an account.
Answer:
Yesterday, I visited the IDBI Bank of India, Sangamer Branch.
I collected the account opening form from Mr. Abhay Kulkarni Bank Officer.
The following are the details to be filled in in the Account opening form.

  1. Branch Name
  2. Date of opening account
  3. Branch Address
  4. Scheme Codes
  5. Account Number
  6. Type of Account
  7. Full name in Capital Letter
  8. Date of Birth
  9. Occupation
  10. PAN
  11. Name of Guardian
  12. Relationship with minor
  13. Operating instruction
  14. Facilities required
  15. Statement of Account through
  16. Other information
  17. Declaration, if any
  18. Specimen signature
  19. Signature

Document required for opening a Bank Account.

  1. Certified copy of Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association.
  2. Certified copy of Board Resolution regarding the opening of a Current Account.
  3. Specimen signature of Directors and Secretary.
  4. List of Directors
  5. Certificate of Incorporation.

Class 11 Secretarial Practice Textbook Solutions